oops - omitted from previous delta
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b40bf0a2 2@c Copyright 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b40bf0a2 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b40bf0a2 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
251@end ifset
625e1353
RH
252@ifset ALPHA
253
254@emph{Target Alpha options:}
255 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
256 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 257 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
258 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
259 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
260@end ifset
252b5132 261@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
262
263@emph{Target ARC options:}
264 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
265 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
266@end ifset
267@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 270@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
271 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
272 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
273 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
274 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 275 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 276 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
277 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
278 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
279 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 280 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 281@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
282@ifset Blackfin
283
284@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
285 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
286 [@b{-mfdpic}]
287 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
288 [@b{-mnopic}]
289@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
290@ifset CRIS
291
292@emph{Target CRIS options:}
293 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
294 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
295 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 296 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
297@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
298@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
299@end ifset
252b5132 300@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
301
302@emph{Target D10V options:}
303 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
304@end ifset
305@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
306
307@emph{Target D30V options:}
308 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 309@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
310@ifset EPIPHANY
311
312@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
313 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
314@end ifset
252b5132 315@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
316
317@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
318 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
319@end ifset
320@ifset HPPA
321@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
322@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
323@ifset I80386
324
325@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 326 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 327 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
328@end ifset
329@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
330
331@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 332@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
333 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
334 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
335 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 336@end ifset
587fe2b3 337@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 338
9e32ca89
NC
339@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
340 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
341 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
342 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 343 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 344 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 345 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
346 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
347@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
348@ifset IP2K
349
350@emph{Target IP2K options:}
351 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
352@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
353@ifset M32C
354
355@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 356 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 357@end ifset
587fe2b3 358@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 359
a4fb0134
SC
360@emph{Target M32R options:}
361 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 362 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 363@end ifset
252b5132 364@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
365
366@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
367 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 368@end ifset
60bcf0fa 369@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
370
371@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 372 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
373 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
374 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 375 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
376 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
377 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
378@end ifset
379@ifset MCORE
380
381@emph{Target MCORE options:}
382 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
383 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 384@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
385@ifset METAG
386
387@emph{Target Meta options:}
388 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
389@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
390@ifset MICROBLAZE
391@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
392@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
393@end ifset
252b5132 394@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
395
396@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 397 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 398 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 399 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
400 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
401 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 402 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 403 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5 404 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 405 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 406 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 407 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 408 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 409 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 410 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 411 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 412 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 413 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 414 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 415 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 416 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43
MR
417 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
418 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
419 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 420 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 421 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
422@end ifset
423@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
424
425@emph{Target MMIX options:}
426 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
427 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
428 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 429 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 430@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
431@ifset NIOSII
432
433@emph{Target Nios II options:}
434 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
435 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
436@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
437@ifset PDP11
438
439@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
440 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
441 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 442 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
443@end ifset
444@ifset PJ
445
446@emph{Target picoJava options:}
447 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
448@end ifset
449@ifset PPC
450
451@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
452 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
453 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
454 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 455 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 456 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
457 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
458 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 459 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
460 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
461 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 462 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 463 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 464@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
465@ifset RX
466
467@emph{Target RX options:}
468 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 469 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
470 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
471 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
472 [@b{-mpid}]
473 [@b{-mrelax}]
474 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
475 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 476@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
477@ifset S390
478
479@emph{Target s390 options:}
480 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
481 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
482 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
483@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
484@ifset SCORE
485
486@emph{Target SCORE options:}
487 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
488 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
489 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
490 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
491@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
492@ifset SPARC
493
494@emph{Target SPARC options:}
495@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
496 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
497 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
498 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
499 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
500@end ifset
501@ifset TIC54X
502
503@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 504 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
505 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
506@end ifset
3c9b82ba 507
40b36596
JM
508@ifset TIC6X
509
510@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
511 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
512 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
513 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 514@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
515@ifset TILEGX
516
517@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 518 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
519@end ifset
520@ifset TILEPRO
521@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
522@end ifset
40b36596 523
2d8b84ae
SA
524@ifset XTENSA
525
526@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
527 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
528 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
529 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
530 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
531@end ifset
532
3c9b82ba
NC
533@ifset Z80
534
535@emph{Target Z80 options:}
536 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
537 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
538 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
539 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
540 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
541 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
542 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
543@end ifset
544
a4fb0134
SC
545@ifset Z8000
546@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 547@end ifset
e0001a05 548
0285c67d 549@c man end
252b5132
RH
550@end smallexample
551
0285c67d
NC
552@c man begin OPTIONS
553
a4fb0134 554@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 555@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 556
83f10cb2 557@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
558Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
559
a4fb0134 560@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
561@item -ac
562omit false conditionals
563
564@item -ad
565omit debugging directives
566
83f10cb2
NC
567@item -ag
568include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
569
252b5132
RH
570@item -ah
571include high-level source
572
573@item -al
574include assembly
575
576@item -am
577include macro expansions
578
579@item -an
580omit forms processing
581
582@item -as
583include symbols
584
585@item =file
586set the name of the listing file
587@end table
588
589You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
590listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
591the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
592
caa32fe5 593@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
594Begin in alternate macro mode.
595@ifclear man
596@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
597@end ifclear
caa32fe5 598
955974c6
CC
599@item --compress-debug-sections
600Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
601to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
602compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
603
604@item --nocompress-debug-sections
605Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
606
252b5132
RH
607@item -D
608Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
609other assemblers.
610
3d6b762c
JM
611@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
612When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
613information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
614
252b5132
RH
615@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
616Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
617@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
618indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
619value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
620use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
621
622@item -f
623``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
624compiler output).
625
329e276d
NC
626@item -g
627@itemx --gen-debug
628Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
629debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
630ECOFF or DWARF2.
631
252b5132
RH
632@item --gstabs
633Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
634may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
635
05da4302
NC
636@item --gstabs+
637Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
638extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
639debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
640may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
641the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
642
329e276d 643@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 644Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 645may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 646option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 647
b40bf0a2
NC
648@item --gdwarf-sections
649Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
650.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
651corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
652will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
653@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
654then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
655suffix.
656
21be61f5
L
657@item --size-check=error
658@itemx --size-check=warning
659Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
660
252b5132
RH
661@item --help
662Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
663
ea20a7da
CC
664@item --target-help
665Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
666
252b5132
RH
667@item -I @var{dir}
668Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
669
670@item -J
671Don't warn about signed overflow.
672
673@item -K
674@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
675This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
676@end ifclear
677@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
678Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
679@end ifset
680
681@item -L
682@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
683Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
684system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
685or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
686@ifclear man
687@xref{Symbol Names}.
688@end ifclear
252b5132 689
c3a27914
NC
690@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
691Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
692listing to @var{number}.
693
694@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
695Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
696lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
697
698@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
699Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
700@var{number} bytes.
701
702@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
703Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
704to @var{number} + 1.
705
252b5132 706@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 707Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
708
709@item -R
710Fold the data section into the text section.
711
4bdd3565
NC
712@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
713Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
714@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
715assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
716memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
717requirements at the expense of speed.
718
719@item --reduce-memory-overheads
720This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
721assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
722@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
723
252b5132
RH
724@item --statistics
725Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
726assembly.
727
728@item --strip-local-absolute
729Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
730
731@item -v
732@itemx -version
a4fb0134 733Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
734
735@item --version
a4fb0134 736Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
737
738@item -W
2bdd6cf5 739@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
740Suppress warning messages.
741
2bdd6cf5
GK
742@item --fatal-warnings
743Treat warnings as errors.
744
745@item --warn
746Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
747
252b5132
RH
748@item -w
749Ignored.
750
751@item -x
752Ignored.
753
754@item -Z
755Generate an object file even after errors.
756
757@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
758Standard input, or source files to assemble.
759
760@end table
2a633939
JM
761@c man end
762
a06ea964
NC
763@ifset AARCH64
764
765@ifclear man
766@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
767for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
768@end ifclear
769
770@ifset man
771@c man begin OPTIONS
772The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
77364-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
774@c man end
775@c man begin INCLUDE
776@include c-aarch64.texi
777@c ended inside the included file
778@end ifset
779
780@end ifset
781
2a633939
JM
782@ifset ALPHA
783
784@ifclear man
785@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
786for an Alpha processor.
787@end ifclear
788
789@ifset man
790@c man begin OPTIONS
791The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
792processor.
793@c man end
794@c man begin INCLUDE
795@include c-alpha.texi
796@c ended inside the included file
797@end ifset
798
799@end ifset
252b5132 800
2a633939 801@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
802@ifset ARC
803The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
804an ARC processor.
805
a4fb0134 806@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
807@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
808This option selects the core processor variant.
809@item -EB | -EL
810Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
811@end table
812@end ifset
813
814@ifset ARM
815The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
816processor family.
817
a4fb0134 818@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 819@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 820Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 821@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 822Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 823@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 824Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
825@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
826Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
827@item -mthumb
828Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 829@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
830Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
831@item -EB | -EL
832Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
833@item -mthumb-interwork
834Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
835ARM code in mind.
836@item -k
837Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
838@end table
839@end ifset
635fb38d 840@c man end
252b5132 841
9982501a 842@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
843
844@ifclear man
845@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
846configured for the Blackfin processor family.
847@end ifclear
848
849@ifset man
850@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
851The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
852the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
853@c man end
854@c man begin INCLUDE
855@include c-bfin.texi
856@c ended inside the included file
857@end ifset
9982501a 858
9982501a
JZ
859@end ifset
860
635fb38d 861@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
862@ifset CRIS
863See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
864@end ifset
865
252b5132
RH
866@ifset D10V
867The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
868a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 869@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
870@cindex D10V optimization
871@cindex optimization, D10V
872@item -O
873Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
874@end table
875@end ifset
876
877@ifset D30V
878The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
879processor.
a4fb0134 880@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
881@cindex D30V optimization
882@cindex optimization, D30V
883@item -O
884Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
885
886@cindex D30V nops
887@item -n
888Warn when nops are generated.
889
890@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
891@item -N
892Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
893@end table
894@end ifset
731caf76
L
895@c man end
896
cfb8c092
NC
897@ifset EPIPHANY
898The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
899Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
900
56b13185
JR
901@ifclear man
902@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
903configured for an Epiphany processor.
904@end ifclear
cfb8c092 905
56b13185
JR
906@ifset man
907@c man begin OPTIONS
908The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
909an Epiphany processor.
910@c man end
911@c man begin INCLUDE
912@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
913@c ended inside the included file
914@end ifset
915
916@end ifset
917
918@ifset H8300
919
920@ifclear man
921@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
922for an H8/300 processor.
923@end ifclear
924
925@ifset man
926@c man begin OPTIONS
927The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
928processor.
929@c man end
930@c man begin INCLUDE
931@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
932@c ended inside the included file
933@end ifset
cfb8c092 934
cfb8c092
NC
935@end ifset
936
731caf76 937@ifset I80386
252b5132 938
731caf76
L
939@ifclear man
940@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
941configured for an i386 processor.
942@end ifclear
943
944@ifset man
945@c man begin OPTIONS
946The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
947an i386 processor.
948@c man end
949@c man begin INCLUDE
950@include c-i386.texi
951@c ended inside the included file
952@end ifset
953
954@end ifset
955
956@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
957@ifset I960
958The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
959Intel 80960 processor.
960
a4fb0134 961@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
962@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
963Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
964
965@item -b
966Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
967
968@item -no-relax
969Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
970error if necessary.
971
972@end table
973@end ifset
974
a40cbfa3
NC
975@ifset IP2K
976The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 977Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
978
979@table @gcctabopt
980
981@item -mip2022ext
982Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
983
984@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 985Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
986just the basic IP2022 ones.
987
988@end table
989@end ifset
990
49f58d10
JB
991@ifset M32C
992The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
993Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
994
995@table @gcctabopt
996
997@item -m32c
998Assemble M32C instructions.
999
1000@item -m16c
1001Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1002
c54b5932
DD
1003@item -relax
1004Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1005
1006@item -h-tick-hex
1007Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1008
49f58d10
JB
1009@end table
1010@end ifset
1011
ec694b89
NC
1012@ifset M32R
1013The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1014Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1015
a4fb0134 1016@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1017
1018@item --m32rx
1019Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1020is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1021
1022@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1023Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1024encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1025
1026@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1027Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1028encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1029
1030@end table
1031@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1032
1033@ifset M680X0
1034The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1035Motorola 68000 series.
1036
a4fb0134 1037@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1038
1039@item -l
1040Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1041
0285c67d
NC
1042@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1043@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1044@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1045Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1046is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1047
1048@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1049The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1050The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1051the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1052two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1053coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1054
1055@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1056The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1057unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1058
1059@end table
1060@end ifset
1061
36591ba1
SL
1062@ifset NIOSII
1063
1064@ifclear man
1065@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1066for an Altera Nios II processor.
1067@end ifclear
1068
1069@ifset man
1070@c man begin OPTIONS
1071The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1072Altera Nios II processor.
1073@c man end
1074@c man begin INCLUDE
1075@include c-nios2.texi
1076@c ended inside the included file
1077@end ifset
1078@end ifset
1079
e135f41b
NC
1080@ifset PDP11
1081
1082For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1083see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1084
a4fb0134 1085@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1086@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1087Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1088default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1089
1090@item -mall
1091@itemx -mall-extensions
1092Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1093
1094@item -mno-extensions
1095Disable all instruction set extensions.
1096
1097@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1098Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1099
1100@item -m@var{cpu}
1101Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1102disable all other extensions.
1103
1104@item -m@var{machine}
1105Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1106model, and disable all other extensions.
1107@end table
1108
1109@end ifset
1110
041dd5a9
ILT
1111@ifset PJ
1112The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1113a picoJava processor.
1114
a4fb0134 1115@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1116
1117@cindex PJ endianness
1118@cindex endianness, PJ
1119@cindex big endian output, PJ
1120@item -mb
1121Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1122
1123@cindex little endian output, PJ
1124@item -ml
1125Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1126
1127@end table
1128@end ifset
1129
60bcf0fa
NC
1130@ifset M68HC11
1131The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1132Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1133
a4fb0134 1134@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1135
6927f982 1136@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1137Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1138defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1139
6927f982
NC
1140@item --xgate-ramoffset
1141Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1142XGATE address space.
1143
2f904664
SC
1144@item -mshort
1145Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1146
1147@item -mlong
01642c12 1148Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1149
1150@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1151Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1152
1153@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1154Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1155
1370e33d 1156@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1157Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1158conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1159sub routine.
1160
1370e33d
NC
1161@item -S | --short-branches
1162Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1163when the offset is out of range.
1164
1165@item --strict-direct-mode
1166Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1167when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1168
1169@item --print-insn-syntax
1170Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1171
1172@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1173Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1174
1175@item --generate-example
6927f982 1176Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1177This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1178
1179@end table
1180@end ifset
1181
252b5132 1182@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1183The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1184for the SPARC architecture:
1185
a4fb0134 1186@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1187@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1188@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1189Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1190
1191@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1192@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1193
1194@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1195UltraSPARC extensions.
1196
1197@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1198For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1199equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1200
1201@item -bump
1202Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1203@end table
1204@end ifset
1205
39bec121
TW
1206@ifset TIC54X
1207The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1208architecture.
39bec121 1209
a4fb0134 1210@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1211@item -mfar-mode
1212Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1213extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1214@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1215Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1216@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1217Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1218behaviour in the shell.
1219@end table
1220@end ifset
1221
252b5132
RH
1222@ifset MIPS
1223The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1224a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1225
a4fb0134 1226@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1227@item -G @var{num}
1228This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1229implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1230use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1231
1232@cindex MIPS endianness
1233@cindex endianness, MIPS
1234@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1235@item -EB
1236Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1237
1238@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1239@item -EL
1240Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1241
1242@cindex MIPS ISA
1243@item -mips1
1244@itemx -mips2
1245@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1246@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1247@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1248@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1249@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1250@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1251@itemx -mips64r2
98508b2a 1252Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1253@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1254alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1255@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13 1256@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
81566a9b
MR
1257@samp{-mips64r2} correspond to generic MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2,
1258MIPS64, and MIPS64 Release 2 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1259
98508b2a
RS
1260@item -march=@var{cpu}
1261Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1262
1263@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1264Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1265
1266@item -mfix7000
1267@itemx -mno-fix7000
1268Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1269of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1270
ecb4347a
DJ
1271@item -mdebug
1272@itemx -no-mdebug
1273Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1274section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1275
dcd410fe
RO
1276@item -mpdr
1277@itemx -mno-pdr
1278Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1279
437ee9d5
TS
1280@item -mgp32
1281@itemx -mfp32
1282The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1283flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1284all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1285and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1286
1287@item -mips16
1288@itemx -no-mips16
1289Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1290@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1291turns off this option.
252b5132 1292
df58fc94
RS
1293@item -mmicromips
1294@itemx -mno-micromips
1295Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1296@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1297turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1298at the start of the assembly file.
1299
e16bfa71
TS
1300@item -msmartmips
1301@itemx -mno-smartmips
1302Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1303equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1304@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1305
1f25f5d3
CD
1306@item -mips3d
1307@itemx -no-mips3d
1308Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1309This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1310@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1311
deec1734
CD
1312@item -mdmx
1313@itemx -no-mdmx
1314Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1315This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1316@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1317
2ef2b9ae
CF
1318@item -mdsp
1319@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1320Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1321This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1322@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1323
8b082fb1
TS
1324@item -mdspr2
1325@itemx -mno-dspr2
1326Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1327This option implies -mdsp.
1328This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1329@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1330
ef2e4d86
CF
1331@item -mmt
1332@itemx -mno-mt
1333Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1334This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1335@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1336
dec0624d
MR
1337@item -mmcu
1338@itemx -mno-mcu
1339Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1340This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1341@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1342
833794fc
MR
1343@item -minsn32
1344@itemx -mno-insn32
1345Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1346microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1347instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1348the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1349option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1350start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1351selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1352
437ee9d5
TS
1353@item --construct-floats
1354@itemx --no-construct-floats
1355The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1356double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1357value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1358the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1359selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1360
3bf0dbfb
MR
1361@item --relax-branch
1362@itemx --no-relax-branch
1363The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1364branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1365out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1366
ba92f887
MR
1367@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1368Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1369(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1370
252b5132
RH
1371@cindex emulation
1372@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1373This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1374on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1375removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1376It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1377
1378The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1379@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1380is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1381big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1382preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1383
1384@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1385@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1386the native tools.
1387
252b5132
RH
1388@item --trap
1389@itemx --no-trap
1390@itemx --break
1391@itemx --no-break
1392Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1393@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1394(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1395@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1396break exception.
63486801
L
1397
1398@item -n
a4fb0134 1399When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1400time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1401@end table
1402@end ifset
1403
1404@ifset MCORE
1405The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1406an MCore processor.
1407
a4fb0134 1408@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1409@item -jsri2bsr
1410@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1411Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1412The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1413
1414@item -sifilter
1415@itemx -nosifilter
1416Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1417The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1418
1419@item -relax
1420Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1421
ec694b89
NC
1422@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1423Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1424can be assembled.
1425
1426@item -EB
1427Assemble for a big endian target.
1428
1429@item -EL
1430Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1431
1432@end table
1433@end ifset
a3c62988 1434@c man end
252b5132 1435
a3c62988
NC
1436@ifset METAG
1437
1438@ifclear man
1439@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1440for a Meta processor.
1441@end ifclear
1442
1443@ifset man
1444@c man begin OPTIONS
1445The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1446Meta processor.
1447@c man end
1448@c man begin INCLUDE
1449@include c-metag.texi
1450@c ended inside the included file
1451@end ifset
1452
1453@end ifset
1454
1455@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1456@ifset MMIX
1457See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1458@end ifset
1459
635fb38d 1460@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1461@ifset PPC
1462
1463@ifclear man
1464@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1465for a PowerPC processor.
1466@end ifclear
1467
1468@ifset man
1469@c man begin OPTIONS
1470The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1471PowerPC processor.
1472@c man end
1473@c man begin INCLUDE
1474@include c-ppc.texi
1475@c ended inside the included file
1476@end ifset
1477
1478@end ifset
1479
635fb38d 1480@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1481@ifset RX
1482See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1483@end ifset
1484
11c19e16
MS
1485@ifset S390
1486The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1487processor family.
1488
1489@table @gcctabopt
1490@item -m31
1491@itemx -m64
1492Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1493@item -mesa
1494@item -mzarch
1495Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1496Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1497@item -march=@var{processor}
1498Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779
AK
1499@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1500@samp{z196}, or @samp{zEC12}.
11c19e16
MS
1501@item -mregnames
1502@itemx -mno-regnames
1503Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1504@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1505Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1506but evaluates to zero.
1507@end table
1508@end ifset
2a633939 1509@c man end
11c19e16 1510
40b36596 1511@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1512
1513@ifclear man
1514@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1515for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1516@end ifclear
1517
1518@ifset man
1519@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1520The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1521TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1522@c man end
1523@c man begin INCLUDE
1524@include c-tic6x.texi
1525@c ended inside the included file
1526@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1527
1528@end ifset
1529
aa137e4d
NC
1530@ifset TILEGX
1531
1532@ifclear man
1533@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1534for a TILE-Gx processor.
1535@end ifclear
1536
1537@ifset man
1538@c man begin OPTIONS
1539The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1540processor.
1541@c man end
1542@c man begin INCLUDE
1543@include c-tilegx.texi
1544@c ended inside the included file
1545@end ifset
1546
1547@end ifset
1548
e0001a05 1549@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1550
2d8b84ae
SA
1551@ifclear man
1552@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1553for an Xtensa processor.
1554@end ifclear
1555
1556@ifset man
1557@c man begin OPTIONS
1558The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1559Xtensa processor.
1560@c man end
1561@c man begin INCLUDE
1562@include c-xtensa.texi
1563@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1564@end ifset
1565
2d8b84ae
SA
1566@end ifset
1567
1568@c man begin OPTIONS
1569
3c9b82ba
NC
1570@ifset Z80
1571The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1572a Z80 family processor.
1573@table @gcctabopt
1574@item -z80
1575Assemble for Z80 processor.
1576@item -r800
1577Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1578@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1579@itemx -Wnud
1580Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1581@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1582@itemx -Wnup
1583Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1584@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1585@itemx -Wud
1586Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1587@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1588@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1589Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1590@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1591@itemx -Fud
1592Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1593@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1594@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1595Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1596@end table
1597@end ifset
1598
0285c67d
NC
1599@c man end
1600
252b5132
RH
1601@menu
1602* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1603* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1604* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1605* Command Line:: Command Line
1606* Input Files:: Input Files
1607* Object:: Output (Object) File
1608* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1609@end menu
1610
1611@node Manual
1612@section Structure of this Manual
1613
1614@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1615This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1616@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1617notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1618@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1619
1620@ifclear GENERIC
1621We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1622configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1623@end ifclear
1624@ifset GENERIC
1625This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1626various flavors of the assembler.
1627@end ifset
1628
1629@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1630On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1631to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1632In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1633architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1634mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1635particular architecture.
1636@ifset GENERIC
1637You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1638machine architecture manual for this information.
1639@end ifset
1640@ifclear GENERIC
1641@ifset H8/300
1642For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1643Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1644Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1645@end ifset
252b5132 1646@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1647For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1648see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1649@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1650@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1651@end ifset
1652@ifset Z8000
1653For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1654@end ifset
1655@end ifclear
1656
1657@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1658@ignore
1659Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1660the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1661Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1662computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1663once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1664qualification.
1665
a4fb0134 1666@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1667human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1668computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1669@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1670@end ignore
1671
1672@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1673@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1674@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1675@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1676@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1677@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1678@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1679@c directives).
1680
1681@node GNU Assembler
1682@section The GNU Assembler
1683
0285c67d
NC
1684@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1685
a4fb0134 1686@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1687@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1688This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1689configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1690@end ifclear
1691If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1692should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1693architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1694including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1695@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1696
1697@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1698@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1699@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1700@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1701assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1702machine would assemble.
1703@ifset VAX
1704Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1705@end ifset
1706@ifset M680X0
1707@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1708@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1709This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1710assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1711incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1712@end ifset
1713
0285c67d
NC
1714@c man end
1715
a4fb0134 1716Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1717program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1718@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1719
1720@node Object Formats
1721@section Object File Formats
1722
1723@cindex object file format
1724The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1725object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1726write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1727are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1728Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1729@ifclear GENERIC
1730@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1731For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1732@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1733@end ifclear
1734@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1735@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1736On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1737@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1738@end ifset
1739@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1740On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1741SOM or ELF format object files.
1742@end ifset
1743@end ifclear
1744
1745@node Command Line
1746@section Command Line
1747
1748@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1749
a4fb0134 1750After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1751options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1752before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1753significant.
1754
1755@cindex standard input, as input file
1756@kindex --
1757@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1758explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1759
1760@cindex options, command line
1761Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1762hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1763@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1764option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1765the letter is important. All options are optional.
1766
1767Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1768name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1769with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1770standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1771
1772@smallexample
1773@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1774@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1775@end smallexample
1776
1777@node Input Files
1778@section Input Files
1779
1780@cindex input
1781@cindex source program
1782@cindex files, input
1783We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1784describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1785be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1786doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1787
1788@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1789@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1790The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1791order specified.
1792
0285c67d 1793@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1794Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1795program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1796(The standard input is also a file.)
1797
a4fb0134 1798You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1799names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1800command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1801is taken to be an input file name.
1802
a4fb0134
SC
1803If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1804from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1805may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1806to assemble.
1807
1808Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1809in your command line.
1810
a4fb0134 1811If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1812file.
1813
0285c67d
NC
1814@c man end
1815
252b5132
RH
1816@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1817
1818@cindex input file linenumbers
1819@cindex line numbers, in input files
1820There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1821either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1822number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1823``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1824
1825@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1826to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1827
1828@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1829directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1830error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1831is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1832@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1833@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1834
1835@node Object
1836@section Output (Object) File
1837
1838@cindex object file
1839@cindex output file
1840@kindex a.out
1841@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1842Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1843your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1844is the object file. Its default name is
1845@ifclear BOUT
1846@code{a.out}.
1847@end ifclear
1848@ifset BOUT
1849@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1850@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1851@end ifset
a4fb0134 1852@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1853@end ifset
a4fb0134 1854You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1855object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1856reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1857directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1858possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1859
1860@cindex linker
1861@kindex ld
1862The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1863assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1864the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1865information for the debugger.
1866
1867@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1868@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1869
1870@node Errors
1871@section Error and Warning Messages
1872
0285c67d
NC
1873@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1874
a349d9dd 1875@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1876@cindex warning messages
1877@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1878@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1879file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1880runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1881that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1882grave problem that stops the assembly.
1883
0285c67d
NC
1884@c man end
1885
252b5132
RH
1886@cindex format of warning messages
1887Warning messages have the format
1888
1889@smallexample
1890file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1891@end smallexample
1892
1893@noindent
1894@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1895(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1896(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1897the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1898@ifset GENERIC
1899(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1900@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1901then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1902otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1903message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1904tradition).
1905
1906@cindex format of error messages
1907Error messages have the format
1908@smallexample
1909file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1910@end smallexample
1911The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1912messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1913because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1914
1915@node Invoking
1916@chapter Command-Line Options
1917
1918@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1919This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1920versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1921for options specific
252b5132 1922@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1923to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1924@end ifclear
1925@ifset GENERIC
1926to particular machine architectures.
1927@end ifset
1928
0285c67d
NC
1929@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1930
c1253627 1931If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1932you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1933The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1934by commas. For example:
1935
1936@smallexample
1937gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1938@end smallexample
1939
1940@noindent
1941This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1942standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1943local symbols in the symbol table).
1944
1945Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1946command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1947(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1948precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1949assembler.)
1950
0285c67d
NC
1951@c man end
1952
252b5132 1953@menu
83f10cb2 1954* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1955* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1956* D:: -D for compatibility
1957* f:: -f to work faster
1958* I:: -I for .include search path
1959@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1960* K:: -K for compatibility
1961@end ifclear
1962@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1963* K:: -K for difference tables
1964@end ifset
1965
ba83aca1 1966* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1967* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1968* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1969* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1970* o:: -o to name the object file
1971* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1972* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1973* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1974* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1975* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1976* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1977@end menu
1978
1979@node a
83f10cb2 1980@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1981
1982@kindex -a
1983@kindex -ac
1984@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1985@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1986@kindex -ah
1987@kindex -al
1988@kindex -an
1989@kindex -as
1990@cindex listings, enabling
1991@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1992
1993These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1994@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1995You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1996@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1997@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1998@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1999High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2000@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2001also.
2002
83f10cb2
NC
2003Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2004information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2005
252b5132
RH
2006Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2007which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2008other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2009omitted from the listing.
2010
2011Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2012listing.
2013
2014Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2015listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2016@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2017@code{.sbttl}.
2018The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2019If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2020listing-control directives have no effect.
2021
2022The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2023@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2024
96e9638b
BW
2025Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2026because it
c3a27914
NC
2027is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2028is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2029directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2030stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2031memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2032
caa32fe5
NC
2033@node alternate
2034@section @option{--alternate}
2035
2036@kindex --alternate
2037Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2038
252b5132 2039@node D
a4fb0134 2040@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2041
2042@kindex -D
2043This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2044likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2045@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2046
2047@node f
a4fb0134 2048@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2049
2050@kindex -f
2051@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2052@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2053@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2054(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2055and comment preprocessing on
2056the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2057,Preprocessing}.
2058
2059@quotation
2060@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2061preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2062not work correctly.
2063@end quotation
2064
2065@node I
c1253627 2066@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2067
2068@kindex -I @var{path}
2069@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2070@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2071@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2072Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2073@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2074directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2075many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2076working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2077searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2078specified (left to right) on the command line.
2079
2080@node K
a4fb0134 2081@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2082
2083@kindex -K
2084@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2085On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2086permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2087where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2088generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2089family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2090alteration on other platforms.
2091@end ifclear
2092
2093@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2094@cindex difference tables, warning
2095@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2096@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2097form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2098You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2099is done.
2100@end ifset
2101
2102@node L
ba83aca1 2103@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2104
2105@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2106@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2107Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2108@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2109called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2110such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2111programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2112notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2113such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2114
2115This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2116in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2117@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2118
c3a27914 2119@node listing
a4fb0134 2120@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2121
2122The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2123@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2124hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2125them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2126directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2127@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2128@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2129@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2130
a4fb0134 2131@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2132@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2133@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2134@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2135Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2136dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2137
2138@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2139@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2140@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2141Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2142a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2143the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2144switch is used the default is to one.
2145
2146@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2147@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2148@cindex Width of source line output
2149Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2150alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2151source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2152
2153@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2154@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2155@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2156Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2157displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2158@end table
2159
252b5132 2160@node M
a4fb0134 2161@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2162
2163@kindex -M
2164@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2165The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2166changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2167compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2168configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2169MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2170information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2171arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2172assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2173
2174The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2175depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2176file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2177individually. These are:
2178
2179@itemize @bullet
2180@item global symbols in common section
2181
2182The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2183Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2184common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2185symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2186symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2187
2188@item complex relocations
2189
2190The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2191relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2192are not support by other object file formats.
2193
2194@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2195
2196The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2197This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2198instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2199script.
2200
2201@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2202
2203The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2204name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2205
2206@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2207
2208The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2209address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2210which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2211not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2212assigned within a linker script.
2213@end itemize
2214
2215There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2216@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2217seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2218
2219@itemize @bullet
2220
2221@item EBCDIC strings
2222
2223EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2224
2225@item packed binary coded decimal
2226
2227Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2228and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2229
2230@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2231
2232The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2233
2234@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2235
2236The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2237
2238@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2239
2240The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2241@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2242relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2243these options serve no purpose.
2244
2245@item @code{OPT} list control options
2246
2247The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2248@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2249@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2250
2251@item other @code{OPT} options
2252
2253The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2254@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2255
2256@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2257
2258The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2259@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2260
2261@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2262
2263The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2264
2265@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2266
2267The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2268
2269@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2270
2271The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2272
2273@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2274
2275The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2276
2277@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2278
2279The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2280
2281@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2282
2283The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2284
2285@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2286
2287The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2288
2289@end itemize
2290
2291@node MD
c1253627 2292@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2293
2294@kindex --MD
2295@cindex dependency tracking
2296@cindex make rules
2297
a4fb0134 2298@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2299file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2300dependencies of the main source file.
2301
2302The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2303
2304This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2305
2306@node o
a4fb0134 2307@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2308
2309@kindex -o
2310@cindex naming object file
2311@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2312There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2313default it has the name
2314@ifset GENERIC
2315@ifset I960
2316@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2317@end ifset
2318@ifclear I960
2319@file{a.out}.
2320@end ifclear
2321@end ifset
2322@ifclear GENERIC
2323@ifset I960
2324@file{b.out}.
2325@end ifset
2326@ifclear I960
2327@file{a.out}.
2328@end ifclear
2329@end ifclear
2330You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2331object file a different name.
2332
a4fb0134 2333Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2334existing file of the same name.
2335
2336@node R
a4fb0134 2337@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2338
2339@kindex -R
2340@cindex data and text sections, joining
2341@cindex text and data sections, joining
2342@cindex joining text and data sections
2343@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2344@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2345data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2346the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2347section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2348your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2349appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2350
a4fb0134 2351When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2352address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2353data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2354older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2355
c1253627
NC
2356@ifset COFF-ELF
2357When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2358this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2359@samp{.data}.
2360@end ifset
2361
2362@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2363@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2364@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2365@end ifset
2366
2367@node statistics
a4fb0134 2368@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2369
2370@kindex --statistics
2371@cindex statistics, about assembly
2372@cindex time, total for assembly
2373@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2374Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2375@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2376(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2377seconds).
2378
2379@node traditional-format
c1253627 2380@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2381
2382@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2383For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2384from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2385@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2386
2387For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2388@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2389
2390@node v
a4fb0134 2391@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2392
2393@kindex -v
2394@kindex -version
2395@cindex assembler version
2396@cindex version of assembler
2397You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2398option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2399command line.
2400
2401@node W
a4fb0134 2402@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2403
a4fb0134 2404@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2405assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2406cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2407made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2408
c1253627
NC
2409@kindex -W
2410@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2411@cindex suppressing warnings
2412@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2413If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2414This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2415how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2416are still reported.
2417
c1253627 2418@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2419@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2420@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2421If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2422files that generate warnings to be in error.
2423
c1253627 2424@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2425@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2426You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2427causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2428
2429@node Z
a4fb0134 2430@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2431@cindex object file, after errors
2432@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2433After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2434some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2435@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2436option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2437writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2438errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2439
2440@node Syntax
2441@chapter Syntax
2442
2443@cindex machine-independent syntax
2444@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2445This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2446source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2447assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2448@ifclear VAX
2449assembler.
2450@end ifclear
2451@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2452assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2453@end ifset
2454
2455@menu
7c31ae13 2456* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2457* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2458* Comments:: Comments
2459* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2460* Statements:: Statements
2461* Constants:: Constants
2462@end menu
2463
2464@node Preprocessing
2465@section Preprocessing
2466
2467@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2468The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2469@itemize @bullet
2470@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2471@item
2472adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2473the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2474a single space.
2475
2476@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2477@item
2478removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2479appropriate number of newlines.
2480
2481@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2482@item
2483converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2484@end itemize
2485
2486It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2487anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2488do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2489(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2490to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2491@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2492Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2493
2494Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2495cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2496preprocessed.
2497
2498@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2499@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2500@kindex #NO_APP
2501@kindex #APP
2502If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2503@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2504Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2505specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2506text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2507@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2508@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2509and whitespace.
2510
2511@node Whitespace
2512@section Whitespace
2513
2514@cindex whitespace
2515@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2516Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2517people to read. Unless within character constants
2518(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2519as exactly one space.
2520
2521@node Comments
2522@section Comments
2523
2524@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2525There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2526cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2527
2528Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2529This means you may not nest these comments.
2530
2531@smallexample
2532/*
2533 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2534 is to use this sort of comment.
2535*/
2536
2537/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2538@end smallexample
2539
2540@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2541Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2542considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2543specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2544line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2545line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2546comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2547upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2548@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2549
2550If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2551special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2552to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2553
2554@kindex #
2555@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2556@cindex logical line numbers
2557To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2558special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2559expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2560line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2561new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2562
2563If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2564the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2565
2566@smallexample
2567 # This is an ordinary comment.
2568# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2569 # This is logical line # 36.
2570@end smallexample
2571This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2572of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2573
2574@node Symbol Intro
2575@section Symbols
2576
2577@cindex characters used in symbols
2578@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2579A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2580letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2581@samp{_.$}.
2582@end ifclear
2583@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2584@ifclear GENERIC
2585@ifset H8
2586A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2587letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2588@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2589symbol names.)
2590@end ifset
2591@end ifclear
2592@end ifset
2593@ifset GENERIC
2594On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2595are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2596@end ifset
2597No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2598There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2599are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2600beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2601of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2602@cindex length of symbols
2603
2604@node Statements
2605@section Statements
2606
2607@cindex statements, structure of
2608@cindex line separator character
2609@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2610
2611A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2612@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2613specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2614target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2615The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2616preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2617exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2618
2619@cindex newline, required at file end
2620@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2621It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2622character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2623
2624An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2625
2626@cindex instructions and directives
2627@cindex directives and instructions
2628@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2629@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2630@c 13feb91.
2631A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2632key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2633symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2634symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2635directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2636a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2637assembles into a machine language instruction.
2638@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2639Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2640recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2641represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2642language.@refill
2643@end ifset
2644
2645@cindex @code{:} (label)
2646@cindex label (@code{:})
2647A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2648Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2649have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2650
2651@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2652For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2653the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2654only one label may be defined on each line.
2655@end ifset
2656
2657@smallexample
2658label: .directive followed by something
2659another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2660 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2661@end smallexample
2662
2663@node Constants
2664@section Constants
2665
2666@cindex constants
2667A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2668inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2669@smallexample
2670@group
2671.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2672.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2673.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2674.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
267595028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2676@end group
2677@end smallexample
2678
2679@menu
2680* Characters:: Character Constants
2681* Numbers:: Number Constants
2682@end menu
2683
2684@node Characters
2685@subsection Character Constants
2686
2687@cindex character constants
2688@cindex constants, character
2689There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2690for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2691numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2692@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2693used in arithmetic expressions.
2694
2695@menu
2696* Strings:: Strings
2697* Chars:: Characters
2698@end menu
2699
2700@node Strings
2701@subsubsection Strings
2702
2703@cindex string constants
2704@cindex constants, string
2705A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2706double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2707into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2708a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2709one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2710@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2711(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2712escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2713
2714@cindex escape codes, character
2715@cindex character escape codes
2716@table @kbd
2717@c @item \a
2718@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2719@c
2720@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2721@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2722@item \b
2723Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2724
2725@c @item \e
2726@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2727@c
2728@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2729@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2730@item \f
2731Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2732
2733@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2734@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2735@item \n
2736Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2737
2738@c @item \p
2739@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2740@c
2741@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2742@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2743@item \r
2744Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2745
2746@c @item \s
2747@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2748@c other assemblers.
2749@c
2750@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2751@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2752@item \t
2753Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2754
2755@c @item \v
2756@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2757@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2758@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2759@c
2760@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2761@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2762@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2763An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2764For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2765for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2766
2767@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2768@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2769@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2770A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2771lower case @code{x} works.
2772
2773@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2774@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2775@item \\
2776Represents one @samp{\} character.
2777
2778@c @item \'
2779@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2780@c This is needed in single character literals
2781@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2782@c a @samp{'}.
2783@c
2784@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2785@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2786@item \"
2787Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2788this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2789
2790@item \ @var{anything-else}
2791Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2792assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2793you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2794interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2795other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2796code and warns you of the fact.
2797@end table
2798
2799Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2800varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2801the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2802compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2803sequence.
2804
2805@node Chars
2806@subsubsection Characters
2807
2808@cindex single character constant
2809@cindex character, single
2810@cindex constant, single character
2811A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2812followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2813to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2814must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2815@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2816grave accent. A newline
2817@ifclear GENERIC
2818@ifclear abnormal-separator
2819(or semicolon @samp{;})
2820@end ifclear
2821@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2822@ifset H8
2823(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2824Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2825@end ifset
2826@end ifset
2827@end ifclear
2828immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2829and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2830constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2831that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2832@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2833
2834@node Numbers
2835@subsection Number Constants
2836
2837@cindex constants, number
2838@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2839@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2840are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2841would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2842integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2843are floating point numbers, described below.
2844
2845@menu
2846* Integers:: Integers
2847* Bignums:: Bignums
2848* Flonums:: Flonums
2849@ifclear GENERIC
2850@ifset I960
2851* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2852@end ifset
2853@end ifclear
2854@end menu
2855
2856@node Integers
2857@subsubsection Integers
2858@cindex integers
2859@cindex constants, integer
2860
2861@cindex binary integers
2862@cindex integers, binary
2863A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2864the binary digits @samp{01}.
2865
2866@cindex octal integers
2867@cindex integers, octal
2868An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2869digits (@samp{01234567}).
2870
2871@cindex decimal integers
2872@cindex integers, decimal
2873A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2874more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2875
2876@cindex hexadecimal integers
2877@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2878A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2879more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2880
2881Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2882the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2883(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2884
2885@node Bignums
2886@subsubsection Bignums
2887
2888@cindex bignums
2889@cindex constants, bignum
2890A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2891except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2892represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2893integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2894
2895@node Flonums
2896@subsubsection Flonums
2897@cindex flonums
2898@cindex floating point numbers
2899@cindex constants, floating point
2900
2901@cindex precision, floating point
2902A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2903indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2904@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2905sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2906to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2907portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2908
2909A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2910@itemize @bullet
2911@item
2912The digit @samp{0}.
2913@ifset HPPA
2914(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2915@end ifset
2916
2917@item
a4fb0134 2918A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2919@ifset GENERIC
2920@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2921@ignore
2922@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2923(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
29244.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2925@end ignore
2926
7be1c489 2927On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2928and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2929one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2930
2931On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2932(in upper or lower case).
2933
2934On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2935one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2936
2937On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2938@end ifset
2939@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2940@ifset ARC
2941One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2942@end ifset
2943@ifset H8
2944One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2945@end ifset
2946@ifset HPPA
2947The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2948@end ifset
2949@ifset I960
2950One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2951@end ifset
2952@end ifclear
2953
2954@item
2955An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2956
2957@item
2958An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2959
2960@item
2961An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2962or more decimal digits.
2963
2964@item
2965An optional exponent, consisting of:
2966
2967@itemize @bullet
2968@item
2969An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2970@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2971@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2972@item
2973Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2974@item
2975One or more decimal digits.
2976@end itemize
2977
2978@end itemize
2979
2980At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2981present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2982
a4fb0134 2983@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2984independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2985@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2986
2987@ifclear GENERIC
2988@ifset I960
2989@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2990@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2991@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2992@node Bit Fields
2993@subsubsection Bit Fields
2994
2995@cindex bit fields
2996@cindex constants, bit field
2997You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2998Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2999@example
3000@var{mask}:@var{value}
3001@end example
3002@noindent
a4fb0134 3003@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3004@var{value}.
3005
3006The resulting number is then packed
3007@ifset GENERIC
3008@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3009(in host-dependent byte order)
3010@end ifset
3011into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3012bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3013requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3014more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3015least significant digits.@refill
3016
3017The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3018@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3019@end ifset
3020@end ifclear
3021
3022@node Sections
3023@chapter Sections and Relocation
3024@cindex sections
3025@cindex relocation
3026
3027@menu
3028* Secs Background:: Background
3029* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3030* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3031* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3032* bss:: bss Section
3033@end menu
3034
3035@node Secs Background
3036@section Background
3037
3038Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3039``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3040For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3041
3042@cindex linker, and assembler
3043@cindex assembler, and linker
3044The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3045combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3046emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3047@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3048different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3049oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3050sections.
3051
3052@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3053addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3054units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3055within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3056run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3057the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3058the proper run-time addresses.
3059@ifset H8
7be1c489 3060For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3061@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3062ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3063@end ifset
3064
3065@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3066An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3067of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3068@dfn{bss} sections.
3069
c1253627 3070@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3071@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3072When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3073@end ifset
a4fb0134 3074@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3075using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3076If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3077or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3078@end ifset
3079
3080@ifset HPPA
3081@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3082When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3083@end ifset
a4fb0134 3084@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3085specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3086@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3087(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3088assembler directives.
3089
3090@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3091Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3092text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3093is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3094BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3095@end ifset
3096@end ifset
3097
3098Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3099data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3100
3101@ifset HPPA
3102When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3103section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3104@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3105@end ifset
3106
3107To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3108relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3109object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3110@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3111file is mentioned:
3112@itemize @bullet
3113@item
3114Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3115an address?
3116@item
3117How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3118@item
3119Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3120@display
3121(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3122@end display
3123@item
3124Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3125@end itemize
3126
3127@cindex addresses, format of
3128@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3129In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3130@display
3131(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3132@end display
3133@noindent
a4fb0134 3134Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3135nature.
3136@ifset SOM
3137(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3138symbol-relative instead.)
3139@end ifset
3140
3141In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3142@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3143
3144Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3145@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3146addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3147@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3148@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3149data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3150their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3151part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3152address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3153
3154The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3155address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3156rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3157Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3158address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3159common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3160time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3161
3162By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3163the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3164sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3165customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3166the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3167data and bss sections.
3168
3169Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3170use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3171
3172@node Ld Sections
3173@section Linker Sections
3174@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3175
3176@table @strong
3177
c1253627 3178@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3179@cindex named sections
3180@cindex sections, named
3181@item named sections
3182@end ifset
3183@ifset aout-bout
3184@cindex text section
3185@cindex data section
3186@itemx text section
3187@itemx data section
3188@end ifset
a4fb0134 3189These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3190separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3191true of another.
3192@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3193When the program is running, however, it is
3194customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3195text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3196instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3197program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3198in the data section.
c1253627 3199@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3200
3201@cindex bss section
3202@item bss section
3203This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3204is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3205each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3206out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3207bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3208those explicit zeros from object files.
3209
3210@cindex absolute section
3211@item absolute section
3212Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3213This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3214not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3215addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3216
3217@cindex undefined section
3218@item undefined section
3219This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3220the preceding sections.
3221@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3222@end table
3223
3224@cindex relocation example
3225An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3226@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3227The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3228@end ifset
3229Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3230
3231@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3232@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3233@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3234@smallexample
3235 +-----+----+--+
3236partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3237 +-----+----+--+
3238
3239 text data bss
3240 seg. seg. seg.
3241
3242 +---+---+---+
3243partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3244 +---+---+---+
3245
3246 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3247linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3248 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3249
3250 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3251@end smallexample
3252@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3253@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3254@need 5000
3255@tex
c1253627 3256\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3257\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3258\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3259\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3260
3261\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3262\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3263\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3264
3265\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3266\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3267\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3268ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3269DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3270
3271\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3272\line{0\dots\hfil}
3273
3274@end tex
3275@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3276
3277@node As Sections
3278@section Assembler Internal Sections
3279
3280@cindex internal assembler sections
3281@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3282These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3283have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3284sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3285warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3286meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3287value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3288section-relative address.
3289
3290@table @b
3291@cindex assembler internal logic error
3292@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3293An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3294bug in the assembler.
3295
3296@cindex expr (internal section)
3297@item expr section
3298The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3299symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3300it in the expr section.
3301@c FIXME item debug
3302@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3303@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3304@c FIXME item register
3305@end table
3306
3307@node Sub-Sections
3308@section Sub-Sections
3309
3310@cindex numbered subsections
3311@cindex grouping data
3312@ifset aout-bout
3313Assembled bytes
c1253627 3314@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3315conventionally
3316@end ifset
3317fall into two sections: text and data.
3318@end ifset
3319You may have separate groups of
3320@ifset GENERIC
3321data in named sections
3322@end ifset
3323@ifclear GENERIC
3324@ifclear aout-bout
3325data in named sections
3326@end ifclear
3327@ifset aout-bout
3328text or data
3329@end ifset
3330@end ifclear
3331that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3332are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3333use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3334numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3335same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3336subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3337section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3338assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3339section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3340constants being output.
3341
3342Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3343goes in subsection number zero.
3344
3345@ifset GENERIC
3346Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3347(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3348of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3349@end ifset
3350@ifclear GENERIC
3351@ifset H8
7be1c489 3352On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3353boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3354The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3355@end ifset
3356@ifset I960
3357@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3358@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3359@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3360@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3361@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3362@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3363@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3364@end ifclear
3365
3366Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3367to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3368The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3369other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3370They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3371data subsections as a data section.
3372
3373To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3374into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3375@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3376@ifset COFF
252b5132 3377@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3378When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3379@end ifset
3380@ifclear GENERIC
3381You
3382@end ifclear
3383can also use an extra subsection
3384argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3385@var{expression}}.
3386@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3387@ifset ELF
3388@ifset GENERIC
3389When generating ELF output, you
3390@end ifset
3391@ifclear GENERIC
3392You
3393@end ifclear
3394can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3395to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3396@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3397@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3398(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3399is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3400begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3401@smallexample
3402.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3403.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3404.text 1
3405.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3406.data 0
3407.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3408.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3409.text 0
3410.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3411.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3412@end smallexample
3413
3414Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3415assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3416restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3417counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3418@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3419current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3420assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3421
3422@node bss
3423@section bss Section
3424
3425@cindex bss section
3426@cindex common variable storage
3427The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3428You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3429not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3430your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3431section are zeroed bytes.
3432
3433The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3434@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3435
3436The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3437another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3438
3439@ifset GENERIC
3440When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3441COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3442see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3443section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3444@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3445@end ifset
3446
3447@node Symbols
3448@chapter Symbols
3449
3450@cindex symbols
3451Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3452things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3453to debug.
3454
3455@quotation
3456@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3457@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3458the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3459@end quotation
3460
3461@menu
3462* Labels:: Labels
3463* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3464* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3465* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3466* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3467@end menu
3468
3469@node Labels
3470@section Labels
3471
3472@cindex labels
3473A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3474@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3475active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3476operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3477different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3478definitions.
3479
3480@ifset HPPA
3481On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3482colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3483a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3484provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3485@end ifset
3486
3487@node Setting Symbols
3488@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3489
3490@cindex assigning values to symbols
3491@cindex symbol values, assigning
3492A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3493by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3494(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3495directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3496equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3497@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3498
f8739b83
JZ
3499@ifset Blackfin
3500Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3501@end ifset
3502
252b5132
RH
3503@node Symbol Names
3504@section Symbol Names
3505
3506@cindex symbol names
3507@cindex names, symbol
3508@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3509Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3510machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3511noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3512string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3513particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3514@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3515@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3516@ifset H8
3517Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3518Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3519character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3520on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3521@end ifset
3522@end ifset
3523
3524Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3525than @code{Foo}.
3526
7bfd842d
NC
3527Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3528multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3529@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3530currently supported.
3531
252b5132
RH
3532Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3533refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3534in a program.
3535
3536@subheading Local Symbol Names
3537
3538@cindex local symbol names
3539@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3540A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3541By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3542@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3543set of local label prefixes.
3544@ifset HPPA
3545On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3546@end ifset
3547
3548Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3549normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3550You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3551@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3552
3553@subheading Local Labels
3554
3555@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3556@cindex temporary symbol names
3557@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3558Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3559They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3560the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3561To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3562represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3563definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3564you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3565@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3566for ``forwards''.
3567
3568There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3569too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3570the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3571defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3572definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3573noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3574implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3575
3576Here is an example:
3577
3578@smallexample
35791: branch 1f
35802: branch 1b
35811: branch 2f
35822: branch 1b
3583@end smallexample
3584
3585Which is the equivalent of:
3586
3587@smallexample
3588label_1: branch label_3
3589label_2: branch label_1
3590label_3: branch label_4
3591label_4: branch label_3
3592@end smallexample
3593
ba83aca1 3594Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3595transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3596The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3597are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3598these parts:
252b5132
RH
3599
3600@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3601@item @emph{local label prefix}
3602All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3603Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3604that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3605used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3606@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3607object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3608you may use them in debugging.
3609
2d5aaba0
NC
3610@item @var{number}
3611This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3612label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3613
2d5aaba0
NC
3614@item @kbd{C-B}
3615This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3616of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3617
3618@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3619This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3620@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3621number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3622the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3623@end table
3624
ba83aca1
BW
3625So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3626the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3627
3628@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3629@cindex dollar local symbols
3630
3631@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3632dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3633soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3634region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3635scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3636the same local label.
3637
3638Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3639except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3640@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3641
3642They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3643names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3644to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3645@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3646
3647@node Dot
3648@section The Special Dot Symbol
3649
3650@cindex dot (symbol)
3651@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3652@cindex current address
3653@cindex location counter
3654The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3655@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3656.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3657Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3658directive.
252b5132 3659@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3660Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3661@samp{.space 4}.
3662@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3663
3664@node Symbol Attributes
3665@section Symbol Attributes
3666
3667@cindex symbol attributes
3668@cindex attributes, symbol
3669Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3670``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3671attributes.
3672@ifset INTERNALS
3673The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3674@end ifset
3675
a4fb0134 3676If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3677all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3678symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3679would want.
3680
3681@menu
3682* Symbol Value:: Value
3683* Symbol Type:: Type
3684@ifset aout-bout
3685@ifset GENERIC
3686* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3687@end ifset
3688@ifclear GENERIC
3689@ifclear BOUT
3690* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3691@end ifclear
3692@ifset BOUT
3693* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3694@end ifset
3695@end ifclear
3696@end ifset
3697@ifset COFF
3698* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3699@end ifset
3700@ifset SOM
3701* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3702@end ifset
3703@end menu
3704
3705@node Symbol Value
3706@subsection Value
3707
3708@cindex value of a symbol
3709@cindex symbol value
3710The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3711location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3712number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3713Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3714as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3715symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3716called absolute.
3717
3718The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
37190 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3720@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3721same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3722name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3723common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3724bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3725allocated storage.
3726
3727@node Symbol Type
3728@subsection Type
3729
3730@cindex type of a symbol
3731@cindex symbol type
3732The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3733information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3734(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3735format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3736
3737@ifset aout-bout
3738@ifclear GENERIC
3739@ifset BOUT
3740@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3741@c better if it were available outside examples.
3742@need 1000
3743@node a.out Symbols
3744@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3745
3746@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3747@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3748These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3749one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3750@code{b.out}.
3751
3752@end ifset
3753@ifclear BOUT
3754@node a.out Symbols
3755@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3756
3757@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3758@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3759
3760@end ifclear
3761@end ifclear
3762@ifset GENERIC
3763@node a.out Symbols
3764@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3765
3766@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3767@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3768
3769@end ifset
3770@menu
3771* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3772* Symbol Other:: Other
3773@end menu
3774
3775@node Symbol Desc
3776@subsubsection Descriptor
3777
3778@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3779This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3780descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3781(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3782@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3783
3784@node Symbol Other
3785@subsubsection Other
3786
3787@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3788This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3789@end ifset
3790
3791@ifset COFF
3792@node COFF Symbols
3793@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3794
3795@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3796@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3797
3798The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3799like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3800@code{.endef} directives.
3801
3802@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3803
3804@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3805The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3806respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3807
3808@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3809
3810@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3811The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3812@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3813table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3814@end ifset
3815
3816@ifset SOM
3817@node SOM Symbols
3818@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3819
3820@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3821@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3822
3823The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3824the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3825
01642c12 3826The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3827Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3828@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3829@end ifset
3830
3831@node Expressions
3832@chapter Expressions
3833
3834@cindex expressions
3835@cindex addresses
3836@cindex numeric values
3837An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3838Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3839
3840The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3841a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3842enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3843section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3844the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3845@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3846
3847@menu
3848* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3849* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3850@end menu
3851
3852@node Empty Exprs
3853@section Empty Expressions
3854
3855@cindex empty expressions
3856@cindex expressions, empty
3857An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3858Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3859expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3860is compatible with other assemblers.
3861
3862@node Integer Exprs
3863@section Integer Expressions
3864
3865@cindex integer expressions
3866@cindex expressions, integer
3867An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3868by @emph{operators}.
3869
3870@menu
3871* Arguments:: Arguments
3872* Operators:: Operators
3873* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3874* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3875@end menu
3876
3877@node Arguments
3878@subsection Arguments
3879
3880@cindex expression arguments
3881@cindex arguments in expressions
3882@cindex operands in expressions
3883@cindex arithmetic operands
3884@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3885contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3886this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3887the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3888expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3889instruction operands.
3890
3891Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3892@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3893or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3894integer.
3895
3896Numbers are usually integers.
3897
3898A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3899that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3900these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3901instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3902assemblers.
3903
3904@cindex subexpressions
3905Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3906expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3907operator followed by an argument.
3908
3909@node Operators
3910@subsection Operators
3911
3912@cindex operators, in expressions
3913@cindex arithmetic functions
3914@cindex functions, in expressions
3915@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3916operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3917between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3918whitespace.
3919
3920@node Prefix Ops
3921@subsection Prefix Operator
3922
3923@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3924@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3925one argument, which must be absolute.
3926
3927@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3928@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3929@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3930@tex
3931\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3932@end tex
3933
3934@table @code
3935@item -
3936@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3937@item ~
3938@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3939@end table
3940
3941@tex
3942\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3943@end tex
3944
3945@node Infix Ops
3946@subsection Infix Operators
3947
3948@cindex infix operators
3949@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3950@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3951have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3952to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3953absolute, and the result is absolute.
3954
3955@enumerate
3956@cindex operator precedence
3957@cindex precedence of operators
3958
3959@item
3960Highest Precedence
3961
3962@table @code
3963@item *
3964@dfn{Multiplication}.
3965
3966@item /
3967@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3968
3969@item %
3970@dfn{Remainder}.
3971
d1eac9d9 3972@item <<
252b5132
RH
3973@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3974
d1eac9d9 3975@item >>
252b5132
RH
3976@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3977@end table
3978
3979@item
3980Intermediate precedence
3981
3982@table @code
3983@item |
3984
3985@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3986
3987@item &
3988@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3989
3990@item ^
3991@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3992
3993@item !
3994@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3995@end table
3996
3997@item
b131d4dc 3998Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3999
4000@table @code
4001@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4002@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4003@cindex arguments for addition
4004@item +
4005@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4006the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4007sections.
4008
4009@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4010@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4011@cindex arguments for subtraction
4012@item -
4013@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4014result has the section of the left argument.
4015If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4016You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4017@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4018
4019@cindex comparison expressions
4020@cindex expressions, comparison
4021@item ==
4022@dfn{Is Equal To}
4023@item <>
723a8472 4024@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4025@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4026@item <
4027@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4028@item >
b131d4dc 4029@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4030@item >=
b131d4dc 4031@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4032@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4033@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4034
4035The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4036value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4037perform signed comparisons.
4038@end table
4039
4040@item Lowest Precedence
4041
4042@table @code
4043@item &&
4044@dfn{Logical And}.
4045
4046@item ||
4047@dfn{Logical Or}.
4048
4049These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4050expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4051value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4052or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4053
252b5132
RH
4054@end table
4055@end enumerate
4056
4057In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4058address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4059
4060@node Pseudo Ops
4061@chapter Assembler Directives
4062
4063@cindex directives, machine independent
4064@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4065@cindex machine independent directives
4066All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4067The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4068
4069This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4070target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4071@ifset GENERIC
4072Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4073@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4074@end ifset
4075@ifclear GENERIC
4076@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4077@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4078@end ifset
4079@end ifclear
4080
4081@menu
4082* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4083@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4084* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4085@end ifset
f0dc282c 4086
252b5132 4087* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4088* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4089* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4090* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4091* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4092* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4093* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4094* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4095* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4096* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4097@ifset COFF
4098* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4099@end ifset
4100@ifset aout-bout
4101* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4102@end ifset
4103@ifset COFF
4104* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4105@end ifset
f0dc282c 4106
252b5132
RH
4107* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4108* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4109* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4110* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4111* End:: @code{.end}
4112@ifset COFF
4113* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4114@end ifset
f0dc282c 4115
252b5132
RH
4116* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4117* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4118* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4119* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4120* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4121* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4122* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4123* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4124* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4125* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4126* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4127* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4128* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4129* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4130* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4131@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4132* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4133* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4134@end ifset
f0dc282c 4135
252b5132
RH
4136* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4137* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4138* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4139* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4140* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4141* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4142@ifset ELF
4143* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4144@end ifset
f0dc282c 4145
252b5132
RH
4146* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4147* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4148* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4149* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4150@ifclear no-line-dir
4151* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4152@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4153
252b5132
RH
4154* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4155* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4156* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4157* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4158* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4159@ifset ELF
4160* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4161@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4162
252b5132
RH
4163* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4164@ignore
4165* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4166@end ignore
f0dc282c 4167
252b5132
RH
4168* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4169* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4170* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4171* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4172* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4173* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4174* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4175* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4176@ifset ELF
4177* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4178* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4179@end ifset
f0dc282c 4180
252b5132 4181* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4182@ifset ELF
4183* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4184@end ifset
f0dc282c 4185
252b5132
RH
4186* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4187* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4188@ifset ELF
4189* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4190@end ifset
f0dc282c 4191
252b5132 4192* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4193* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4194* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4195* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4196@ifset COFF
4197* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4198@end ifset
4199@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4200* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4201@end ifset
f0dc282c 4202
252b5132
RH
4203* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4204* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4205* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4206@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4207* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4208@end ifset
884f0d36 4209@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4210* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4211@end ifclear
4212
252b5132 4213* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4214@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4215* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4216@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4217@ifset have-stabs
4218* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4219@end ifset
f0dc282c 4220
38a57ae7 4221* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4222* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4223@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4224* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4225* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4226@end ifset
f0dc282c 4227
252b5132
RH
4228@ifset COFF
4229* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4230@end ifset
f0dc282c 4231
252b5132
RH
4232* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4233* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4234@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4235* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4236@end ifset
4237
c91d2e08 4238* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4239@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4240* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4241@end ifset
f0dc282c 4242
2e13b764 4243@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4244* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4245* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4246* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4247@end ifset
f0dc282c 4248
d190d046 4249* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4250* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4251* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4252* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4253* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4254@end menu
4255
4256@node Abort
4257@section @code{.abort}
4258
4259@cindex @code{abort} directive
4260@cindex stopping the assembly
4261This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4262compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4263assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4264of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4265quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4266
4267@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4268@node ABORT (COFF)
4269@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4270
4271@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4272When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4273synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4274
4275@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4276When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4277but ignores it.
4278@end ifset
4279@end ifset
4280
4281@node Align
4282@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4283
4284@cindex padding the location counter
4285@cindex @code{align} directive
4286Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4287boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4288required, as described below.
4289
4290The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4291padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4292padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4293marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4294with no-op instructions.
4295
4296The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4297it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4298directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4299specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4300fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4301required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4302with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4303
4304The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4305For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4306s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4307alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4308the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4309is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4310first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4311
9e9a9798 4312For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4313strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4314number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4315advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4316counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4317multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4318
4319This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4320native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4321GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4322described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4323architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4324
ccf8a69b
BW
4325@node Altmacro
4326@section @code{.altmacro}
4327Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4328
4329@ftable @code
4330@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4331One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4332generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4333replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4334replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4335separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4336define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4337
4338@item String delimiters
4339You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4340@code{"@var{string}"}:
4341
4342@table @code
4343@item '@var{string}'
4344You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4345
4346@item <@var{string}>
4347You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4348@end table
4349
4350@item single-character string escape
4351To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4352character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4353character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4354write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4355
4356@item Expression results as strings
4357You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4358and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4359@end ftable
4360
252b5132
RH
4361@node Ascii
4362@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4363
4364@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4365@cindex string literals
4366@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4367separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4368trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4369
4370@node Asciz
4371@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4372
4373@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4374@cindex zero-terminated strings
4375@cindex null-terminated strings
4376@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4377a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4378
4379@node Balign
4380@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4381
4382@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4383@cindex @code{balign} directive
4384Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4385storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4386alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4387the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4388is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4389
4390The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4391padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4392padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4393marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4394with no-op instructions.
4395
4396The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4397it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4398directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4399specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4400fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4401required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4402with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4403
4404@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4405@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4406The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4407@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4408pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4409fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
44104,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4411filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4412the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4413undefined.
4414
fa94de6b
RM
4415@node Bundle directives
4416@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4417@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4418@cindex bundle
4419@cindex instruction bundle
4420@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4421@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4422bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4423into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4424disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4425gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4426@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4427
4428For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4429certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4430instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4431@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4432chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4433effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4434instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4435that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4436end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4437starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4438instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4439
4440@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4441@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4442@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4443The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4444allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4445are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4446aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4447@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4448directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4449
4450@cindex bundle-locked
4451For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4452appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4453instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4454and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4455instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4456sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4457@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4458entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4459boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4460first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4461aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4462bundle size.
4463
d416e51d
RM
4464For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4465inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4466nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4467@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4468matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4469same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4470
252b5132
RH
4471@node Byte
4472@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4473
4474@cindex @code{byte} directive
4475@cindex integers, one byte
4476@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4477Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4478
54cfded0 4479@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4480@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4481@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4482@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4483should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4484If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4485if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4486To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4487directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4488
4b7d318b 4489@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4490@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4491@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4492should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4493data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4494@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4495
01642c12 4496Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4497it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4498
54cfded0
AM
4499@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4500@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4501@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4502unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4503@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4504
9b8ae42e
JJ
4505@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4506@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4507@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4508should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4509argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4510a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4511the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4512can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4513The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4514no personality routine.
4515
4516@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4517@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4518@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4519should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4520argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4521or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4522no LSDA.
4523
54cfded0 4524@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4525@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4526address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4527
4528@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4529@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4530now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4531remains the same.
4532
4533@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4534@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4535remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4536absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4537CFA address.
4538
4539@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4540Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4541value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4542
4543@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4544Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4545CFA.
54cfded0 4546
17076204
RH
4547@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4548Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4549the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4550using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4551This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4552code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4553
4b7d318b
L
4554@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4555Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4556
4557@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4558@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4559same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4560instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4561
4562@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4563From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4564
4565@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4566Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4567i.e. no restoration needed.
4568
01642c12
RM
4569@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4570First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4571then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4572everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4573the previous saved state.
4574
4575@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4576Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4577directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4578
63752a75
JJ
4579@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4580Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4581
6749011b 4582@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4583SPARC register window has been saved.
4584
cdfbf930
RH
4585@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4586Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4587might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4588opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4589
f1c4cc75
RH
4590@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4591The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4592will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4593description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4594
4595The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4596limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4597mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4598by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4599or another register.
4600
ccf8a69b
BW
4601@node Comm
4602@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4603
ccf8a69b
BW
4604@cindex @code{comm} directive
4605@cindex symbol, common
4606@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4607common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4608of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4609definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4610allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4611absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4612the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4613using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4614
c1711530
DK
4615@ifset COFF-ELF
4616When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4617an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4618specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4619that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4620as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4621boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4622power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4623common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4624alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4625largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4626maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4627is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4628@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4629multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4630It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4631(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4632@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4633
ccf8a69b
BW
4634@ifset HPPA
4635The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4636@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4637@end ifset
07a53e5c 4638
252b5132
RH
4639@node Data
4640@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4641
4642@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4643@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4644end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4645absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4646to zero.
4647
4648@ifset COFF
4649@node Def
4650@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4651
4652@cindex @code{def} directive
4653@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4654@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4655Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4656definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4657@ifset BOUT
4658
a4fb0134 4659This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4660format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4661but ignored.
4662@end ifset
4663@end ifset
4664
4665@ifset aout-bout
4666@node Desc
4667@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4668
4669@cindex @code{desc} directive
4670@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4671@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4672This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4673to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4674
4675@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4676The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4677configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4678object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4679it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4680@end ifset
4681@end ifset
4682
4683@ifset COFF
4684@node Dim
4685@section @code{.dim}
4686
4687@cindex @code{dim} directive
4688@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4689@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4690This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4691information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4692@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4693@ifset BOUT
4694
4695@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4696@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4697ignores it.
4698@end ifset
4699@end ifset
4700
4701@node Double
4702@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4703
4704@cindex @code{double} directive
4705@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4706@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4707assembles floating point numbers.
4708@ifset GENERIC
4709The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4710@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4711@end ifset
4712@ifclear GENERIC
4713@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4714On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4715in @sc{ieee} format.
4716@end ifset
4717@end ifclear
4718
4719@node Eject
4720@section @code{.eject}
4721
4722@cindex @code{eject} directive
4723@cindex new page, in listings
4724@cindex page, in listings
4725@cindex listing control: new page
4726Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4727
4728@node Else
4729@section @code{.else}
4730
4731@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4732@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4733assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4734of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4735was false.
4736
3fd9f047
TW
4737@node Elseif
4738@section @code{.elseif}
4739
4740@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4741@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4742assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4743@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4744
252b5132
RH
4745@node End
4746@section @code{.end}
4747
4748@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4749@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4750process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4751
4752@ifset COFF
4753@node Endef
4754@section @code{.endef}
4755
4756@cindex @code{endef} directive
4757This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4758@code{.def}.
4759@ifset BOUT
4760
4761@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4762@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4763directive but ignores it.
4764@end ifset
4765@end ifset
4766
4767@node Endfunc
4768@section @code{.endfunc}
4769@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4770@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4771
4772@node Endif
4773@section @code{.endif}
4774
4775@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4776@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4777it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4778conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4779
4780@node Equ
4781@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4782
4783@cindex @code{equ} directive
4784@cindex assigning values to symbols
4785@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4786This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4787It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4788
4789@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4790The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4791@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4792@end ifset
4793
3c9b82ba 4794@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4795The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4796@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4797On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4798but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4799Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4800@end ifset
4801
252b5132
RH
4802@node Equiv
4803@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4804@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4805The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4806the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4807symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4808undefined.
252b5132 4809
01642c12 4810Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4811@smallexample
4812.ifdef SYM
4813.err
4814.endif
4815.equ SYM,VAL
4816@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4817plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4818
4819@node Eqv
4820@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4821@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4822The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4823evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4824the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4825value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4826
4827@node Err
4828@section @code{.err}
4829@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4830If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4831message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4832object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4833
d190d046
HPN
4834@node Error
4835@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4836@cindex error directive
4837
4838Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4839string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4840message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4841@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4842
4843@smallexample
4844 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4845@end smallexample
4846
252b5132
RH
4847@node Exitm
4848@section @code{.exitm}
4849Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4850
4851@node Extern
4852@section @code{.extern}
4853
4854@cindex @code{extern} directive
4855@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4856with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4857all undefined symbols as external.
4858
4859@node Fail
4860@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4861
4862@cindex @code{fail} directive
4863Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4864or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4865than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4866include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4867complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4868
252b5132 4869@node File
14082c76 4870@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4871@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4872
4873@ifclear no-file-dir
4874There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4875that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4876@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4877
4878@subheading Default Version
4879
252b5132
RH
4880@cindex logical file name
4881@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4882This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4883are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4884
4885@smallexample
4886.file @var{string}
4887@end smallexample
4888
4889@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4890recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4891to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4892statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4893old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4894
4895@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4896@end ifclear
4897
14082c76
BW
4898When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4899to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4900
4901@smallexample
4902.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4903@end smallexample
4904
4905The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4906index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4907literal.
4908
4909The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4910table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4911information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4912entries will have.
4913
252b5132
RH
4914@node Fill
4915@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4916
4917@cindex @code{fill} directive
4918@cindex writing patterns in memory
4919@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4920@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4921This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4922may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4923more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4924other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4925is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4926zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4927byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4928Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4929@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4930compatible with other people's assemblers.
4931
4932@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4933If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4934assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4935@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4936
4937@node Float
4938@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4939
4940@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4941@cindex @code{float} directive
4942This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4943has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4944@ifset GENERIC
4945The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4946@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4947@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4948@end ifset
4949@ifclear GENERIC
4950@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4951On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4952in @sc{ieee} format.
4953@end ifset
4954@end ifclear
4955
4956@node Func
4957@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4958@cindex @code{func} directive
4959@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4960is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4961Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4962@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4963prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4964@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4965All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4966The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4967
4968@node Global
4969@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4970
4971@cindex @code{global} directive
4972@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4973@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4974@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4975other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4976@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4977from another file linked into the same program.
4978
4979Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4980compatibility with other assemblers.
4981
4982@ifset HPPA
4983On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4984partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4985@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4986@end ifset
4987
c91d2e08 4988@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4989@node Gnu_attribute
4990@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4991Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4992
c91d2e08
NC
4993@node Hidden
4994@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4995
c1253627
NC
4996@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4997@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4998This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4999@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5000@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5001
5002This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5003their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5004@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5005Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5006@end ifset
5007
252b5132
RH
5008@node hword
5009@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5010
5011@cindex @code{hword} directive
5012@cindex integers, 16-bit
5013@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5014@cindex sixteen bit integers
5015This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5016a 16 bit number for each.
5017
5018@ifset GENERIC
5019This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5020architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5021@end ifset
5022@ifclear GENERIC
5023@ifset W32
5024This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5025@end ifset
5026@ifset W16
5027This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5028@end ifset
5029@end ifclear
5030
5031@node Ident
5032@section @code{.ident}
5033
5034@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5035
5036This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5037behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5038a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5039source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5040for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5041@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5042emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5043
5044@node If
5045@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5046
5047@cindex conditional assembly
5048@cindex @code{if} directive
5049@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5050considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5051(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5052the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5053(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5054alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5055If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5056nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5057
5058The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5059@table @code
5060@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5061@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5062Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5063has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5064is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5065
26aca5f6
JB
5066@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5067@item .ifb @var{text}
5068Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5069
252b5132
RH
5070@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5071@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5072Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5073strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5074the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5075end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5076string comparison is case sensitive.
5077
5078@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5079@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5080Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5081
5082@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5083@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5084Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5085
5086@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5087@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5088Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5089equal to zero.
5090
5091@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5092@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5093Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5094
5095@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5096@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5097Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5098to zero.
5099
5100@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5101@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5102Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5103
26aca5f6
JB
5104@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5105@item .ifnb @var{text}
5106Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5107following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5108
252b5132
RH
5109@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5110@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5111Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5112following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5113
5114@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5115@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5116@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5117@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5118Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5119has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5120which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5121
5122@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5123@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5124Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5125(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5126
5127@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5128@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5129Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5130following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5131@end table
5132
7e005732
NC
5133@node Incbin
5134@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5135
5136@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5137@cindex binary files, including
5138The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5139location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5140option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5141around @var{file}.
5142
5143The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5144@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5145read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5146responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5147after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5148
252b5132
RH
5149@node Include
5150@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5151
5152@cindex @code{include} directive
5153@cindex supporting files, including
5154@cindex files, including
5155This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5156points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5157if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5158included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5159can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5160(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5161around @var{file}.
5162
5163@node Int
5164@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5165
5166@cindex @code{int} directive
5167@cindex integers, 32-bit
5168Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5169For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5170expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5171of target the assembly is for.
5172
5173@ifclear GENERIC
5174@ifset H8
7be1c489 5175On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5176integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
517732-bit integers.
5178@end ifset
5179@end ifclear
5180
c91d2e08
NC
5181@ifset ELF
5182@node Internal
5183@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5184
c1253627
NC
5185@cindex @code{internal} directive
5186@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5187This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5188@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5189@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5190
5191This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5192their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5193@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5194(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5195processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5196@end ifset
5197
252b5132
RH
5198@node Irp
5199@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5200
5201@cindex @code{irp} directive
5202Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5203The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5204terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5205set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5206@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5207@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5208sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5209
5210For example, assembling
5211
5212@example
5213 .irp param,1,2,3
5214 move d\param,sp@@-
5215 .endr
5216@end example
5217
5218is equivalent to assembling
5219
5220@example
5221 move d1,sp@@-
5222 move d2,sp@@-
5223 move d3,sp@@-
5224@end example
5225
96e9638b 5226For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5227
252b5132
RH
5228@node Irpc
5229@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5230
5231@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5232Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5233The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5234terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5235@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5236assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5237assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5238@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5239
5240For example, assembling
5241
5242@example
5243 .irpc param,123
5244 move d\param,sp@@-
5245 .endr
5246@end example
5247
5248is equivalent to assembling
5249
5250@example
5251 move d1,sp@@-
5252 move d2,sp@@-
5253 move d3,sp@@-
5254@end example
5255
5e75c3ab
JB
5256For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5257at @xref{Macro}.
5258
252b5132
RH
5259@node Lcomm
5260@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5261
5262@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5263@cindex local common symbols
5264@cindex symbols, local common
5265Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5266denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5267those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5268section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5269is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5270not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5271
5272@ifset GENERIC
5273Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5274argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5275@end ifset
5276
5277@ifset HPPA
5278The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5279@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5280@end ifset
5281
5282@node Lflags
5283@section @code{.lflags}
5284
5285@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5286@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5287assemblers, but ignores it.
5288
5289@ifclear no-line-dir
5290@node Line
5291@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5292
5293@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5294@cindex logical line number
5295@ifset aout-bout
5296Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5297expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5298statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5299reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5300@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5301for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5302@end ifset
5303
252b5132 5304Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5305@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5306when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5307were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5308@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5309
5310Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5311used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5312debugging.
5313@end ifclear
5314
5315@node Linkonce
5316@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5317@cindex COMDAT
5318@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5319@cindex common sections
5320Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5321This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5322but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5323The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5324Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5325unique.
5326
5327This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5328writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5329Executable format used on Windows NT.
5330
5331The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5332following strings. For example:
5333@smallexample
5334.linkonce same_size
5335@end smallexample
5336Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5337
5338@table @code
5339@item discard
5340Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5341
5342@item one_only
5343Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5344
5345@item same_size
5346Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5347
5348@item same_contents
5349Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5350@end table
5351
ccf8a69b
BW
5352@node List
5353@section @code{.list}
5354
5355@cindex @code{list} directive
5356@cindex listing control, turning on
5357Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5358not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5359internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5360counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5361generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5362
5363By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5364@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5365the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5366
252b5132
RH
5367@node Ln
5368@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5369
5370@cindex @code{ln} directive
5371@ifclear no-line-dir
5372@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5373@end ifclear
5374@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5375Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5376must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5377line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5378statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5379line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5380@ifset BOUT
5381
a4fb0134 5382This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5383configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5384output format.
5385@end ifset
5386@end ifset
5387
ccf8a69b
BW
5388@node Loc
5389@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5390@cindex @code{loc} directive
5391When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5392the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5393number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5394instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5395arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5396the row is added.
252b5132 5397
ccf8a69b
BW
5398The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5399
5400@table @code
5401@item basic_block
5402This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5403@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5404
5405@item prologue_end
5406This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5407@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5408
5409@item epilogue_begin
5410This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5411@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5412
5413@item is_stmt @var{value}
5414This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5415@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5416either 0 or 1.
5417
5418@item isa @var{value}
5419This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5420state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5421
92846e72
CC
5422@item discriminator @var{value}
5423This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5424state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5425
ccf8a69b
BW
5426@end table
5427
5428@node Loc_mark_labels
5429@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5430@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5431When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5432the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5433to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5434register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5435The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5436this function respectively.
252b5132 5437
4d4175af
BW
5438@ifset ELF
5439@node Local
5440@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5441
5442@cindex @code{local} directive
5443This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5444the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5445will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5446they will be created.
5447
5448For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5449accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5450the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5451(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5452@end ifset
5453
252b5132
RH
5454@node Long
5455@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5456
5457@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5458@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5459
5460@ignore
5461@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5462@c what it really ought to do
5463@node Lsym
5464@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5465
5466@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5467@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5468@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5469the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5470rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5471the same as the expression value:
5472@smallexample
5473@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5474@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5475@var{value} = @var{expression}
5476@end smallexample
5477@noindent
5478The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5479@end ignore
5480
5481@node Macro
5482@section @code{.macro}
5483
5484@cindex macros
5485The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5486generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5487@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5488
5489@example
5490 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5491 .long \from
5492 .if \to-\from
5493 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5494 .endif
5495 .endm
5496@end example
5497
5498@noindent
5499With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5500
5501@example
5502 .long 0
5503 .long 1
5504 .long 2
5505 .long 3
5506 .long 4
5507 .long 5
5508@end example
5509
5510@ftable @code
5511@item .macro @var{macname}
5512@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5513@cindex @code{macro} directive
5514Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5515definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5516separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5517indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5518@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5519(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5520macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5521cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5522subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5523definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5524
5525@table @code
5526@item .macro comm
5527Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5528arguments.
5529
6258339f 5530@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5531@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5532Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5533which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5534@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5535
5536@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5537Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5538arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5539After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5540@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5541@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5542,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5543@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5544
6eaeac8a
JB
5545@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5546Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5547arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5548not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5549will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5550
252b5132
RH
5551When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5552position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5553@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5554
6258339f
NC
5555@end table
5556
5e75c3ab
JB
5557Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5558as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5559occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5560characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5561(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5562architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5563character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5564replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5565construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5566identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5567this macro definition:
5568
5569@example
5570 .macro label l
5571\l:
5572 .endm
5573@end example
5574
5575might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5576called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5577assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5578identifier.
5579
5580Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5581which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5582for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5583length specifier like this:
5584
5585@example
5586 .macro opcode base length
5587 \base.\length
5588 .endm
5589@end example
5590
5591and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5592instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5593interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5594
5595There are several possible ways around this problem:
5596
5597@table @code
5598@item Insert white space
5599If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5600solution. eg:
5601
5602@example
5603 .macro label l
5604\l :
5605 .endm
5606@end example
5607
5608@item Use @samp{\()}
5609The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5610the following text. eg:
5611
5612@example
5613 .macro opcode base length
5614 \base\().\length
5615 .endm
5616@end example
5617
5618@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5619In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5620used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5621
5622@example
5623 .altmacro
5624 .macro label l
5625l&:
5626 .endm
5627@end example
6258339f 5628@end table
5e75c3ab 5629
96e9638b 5630Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5631also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5632and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5633
252b5132
RH
5634@item .endm
5635@cindex @code{endm} directive
5636Mark the end of a macro definition.
5637
5638@item .exitm
5639@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5640Exit early from the current macro definition.
5641
5642@cindex number of macros executed
5643@cindex macros, count executed
5644@item \@@
a4fb0134 5645@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5646executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5647output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5648
252b5132
RH
5649@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5650@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5651macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5652@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5653@end ftable
252b5132 5654
ccf8a69b
BW
5655@node MRI
5656@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5657
ccf8a69b
BW
5658@cindex @code{mri} directive
5659@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5660If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5661@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5662affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5663of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5664
caa32fe5
NC
5665@node Noaltmacro
5666@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5667Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5668
252b5132
RH
5669@node Nolist
5670@section @code{.nolist}
5671
5672@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5673@cindex listing control, turning off
5674Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5675not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5676internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5677counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5678generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5679
5680@node Octa
5681@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5682
5683@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5684@cindex @code{octa} directive
5685@cindex integer, 16-byte
5686@cindex sixteen byte integer
5687This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5688bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5689
5690The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5691hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5692
9aec2026
NC
5693@node Offset
5694@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5695
5696@cindex @code{offset} directive
5697Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5698be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5699symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5700directive.
9aec2026 5701
252b5132
RH
5702@node Org
5703@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5704
5705@cindex @code{org} directive
5706@cindex location counter, advancing
5707@cindex advancing location counter
5708@cindex current address, advancing
5709Advance the location counter of the current section to
5710@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5711expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5712you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5713wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5714with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5715@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5716is the same as the current subsection.
5717
5718@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5719unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5720backwards.
5721
5722@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5723@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5724@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5725Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5726may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5727a chance to share your improved assembler.
5728
5729Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5730to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5731people's assemblers.
5732
5733When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5734intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5735absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5736@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5737
5738@node P2align
5739@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5740
5741@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5742@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5743Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5744storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5745number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5746advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5747counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5748multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5749
5750The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5751padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5752padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5753marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5754with no-op instructions.
5755
5756The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5757it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5758directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5759specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5760fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5761required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5762with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5763
5764@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5765@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5766The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5767@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5768pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5769fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
57702,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5771filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5772the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5773undefined.
5774
ccf8a69b
BW
5775@ifset ELF
5776@node PopSection
5777@section @code{.popsection}
5778
5779@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5780@cindex Section Stack
5781This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5782@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5783@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5784(@pxref{Previous}).
5785
5786This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5787section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5788stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5789@end ifset
5790
c91d2e08
NC
5791@ifset ELF
5792@node Previous
5793@section @code{.previous}
5794
c1253627 5795@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5796@cindex Section Stack
5797This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5798@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5799@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5800(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5801
5802This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5803referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5804@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5805subsections). For example:
5806
5807@smallexample
5808.section A
5809 .subsection 1
5810 .word 0x1234
5811 .subsection 2
5812 .word 0x5678
5813.previous
5814 .word 0x9abc
5815@end smallexample
5816
5817Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5818section A. Whilst:
5819
5820@smallexample
5821.section A
5822.subsection 1
5823 # Now in section A subsection 1
5824 .word 0x1234
5825.section B
5826.subsection 0
5827 # Now in section B subsection 0
5828 .word 0x5678
5829.subsection 1
5830 # Now in section B subsection 1
5831 .word 0x9abc
5832.previous
5833 # Now in section B subsection 0
5834 .word 0xdef0
5835@end smallexample
5836
5837Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5838section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5839
5840In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5841the top section on the section stack.
5842@end ifset
5843
252b5132
RH
5844@node Print
5845@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5846
5847@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5848@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5849assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5850
c91d2e08
NC
5851@ifset ELF
5852@node Protected
5853@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5854
c1253627
NC
5855@cindex @code{protected} directive
5856@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5857This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5858@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5859
5860This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5861their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5862@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5863components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5864component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5865this.
c91d2e08
NC
5866@end ifset
5867
252b5132
RH
5868@node Psize
5869@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5870
5871@cindex @code{psize} directive
5872@cindex listing control: paper size
5873@cindex paper size, for listings
5874Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5875number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5876
5877If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5878of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5879default width is 200 columns.
5880
a4fb0134 5881@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5882lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5883@code{.eject}).
5884
5885If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5886those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5887
5888@node Purgem
5889@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5890
5891@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5892Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5893expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5894
c91d2e08
NC
5895@ifset ELF
5896@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5897@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5898
c1253627 5899@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5900@cindex Section Stack
5901This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5902@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5903@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5904(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5905
e9863d7f
DJ
5906This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5907top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5908subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5909@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5910as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5911@end ifset
5912
252b5132
RH
5913@node Quad
5914@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5915
5916@cindex @code{quad} directive
5917@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5918each bignum, it emits
5919@ifclear bignum-16
5920an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5921warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5922@cindex eight-byte integer
5923@cindex integer, 8-byte
5924
5925The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5926hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5927@end ifclear
5928@ifset bignum-16
5929a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5930warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5931@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5932@cindex integer, 16-byte
5933@end ifset
5934
05e9452c
AM
5935@node Reloc
5936@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5937
5938@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5939Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5940@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5941the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5942symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5943@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5944absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5945targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5946relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5947section.
5948
252b5132
RH
5949@node Rept
5950@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5951
5952@cindex @code{rept} directive
5953Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5954@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5955
5956For example, assembling
5957
5958@example
5959 .rept 3
5960 .long 0
5961 .endr
5962@end example
5963
5964is equivalent to assembling
5965
5966@example
5967 .long 0
5968 .long 0
5969 .long 0
5970@end example
5971
5972@node Sbttl
5973@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5974
5975@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5976@cindex subtitles for listings
5977@cindex listing control: subtitle
5978Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5979title line) when generating assembly listings.
5980
5981This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5982it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5983
5984@ifset COFF
5985@node Scl
5986@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5987
5988@cindex @code{scl} directive
5989@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5990@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5991Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5992used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5993whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5994symbolic debugging information.
5995@ifset BOUT
5996
5997The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5998configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5999accepts this directive but ignores it.
6000@end ifset
6001@end ifset
6002
c1253627 6003@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6004@node Section
c1253627 6005@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6006
252b5132
RH
6007@cindex named section
6008Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6009named @var{name}.
6010
6011This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6012named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6013with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6014
c1253627
NC
6015@ifset COFF
6016@ifset ELF
6017@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6018@subheading COFF Version
6019@end ifset
6020
6021@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6022For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6023ways:
c91d2e08 6024
252b5132
RH
6025@smallexample
6026.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6027.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6028@end smallexample
6029
6030If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6031section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6032@table @code
6033@item b
6034bss section (uninitialized data)
6035@item n
6036section is not loaded
6037@item w
6038writable section
6039@item d
6040data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6041@item e
6042exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6043@item r
6044read-only section
6045@item x
6046executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6047@item s
6048shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6049@item a
6050ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6051@item y
6052section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6053@item 0-9
6054single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6055@end table
6056
6057If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6058the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6059loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6060from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6061will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6062
6063If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6064taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6065@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6066
6067@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6068@ifset COFF
6069@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6070@subheading ELF Version
6071@end ifset
6072
c91d2e08
NC
6073@cindex Section Stack
6074This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6075@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6076(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6077@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6078
c1253627 6079@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6080For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6081
252b5132 6082@smallexample
7047dd1e 6083.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6084@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6085
252b5132 6086The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6087combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6088@table @code
6089@item a
6090section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6091@item e
6092section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6093@item w
6094section is writable
6095@item x
6096section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6097@item M
6098section is mergeable
6099@item S
6100section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6101@item G
6102section is a member of a section group
6103@item T
6104section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6105@item ?
6106section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6107@end table
6108
6109The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6110@table @code
6111@item @@progbits
6112section contains data
6113@item @@nobits
6114section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6115@item @@note
6116section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6117@item @@init_array
6118section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6119@item @@fini_array
6120section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6121@item @@preinit_array
6122section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6123@end table
6124
10b016c2
PB
6125Many targets only support the first three section types.
6126
ececec60
NC
6127Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6128ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6129@code{%} character.
6130
22fe14ad 6131If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6132be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6133
6134@smallexample
6135.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6136@end smallexample
6137
6138Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6139constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6140@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6141@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6142the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6143absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6144which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6145@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6146@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6147
6148If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6149be present along with an additional field like this:
6150
6151@smallexample
6152.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6153@end smallexample
6154
6155The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6156particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6157@table @code
6158@item comdat
6159indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6160@item .gnu.linkonce
6161an alias for comdat
6162@end table
6163
96e9638b 6164Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6165the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6166
6167@smallexample
6168.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6169@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6170
01642c12
RM
6171If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6172@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6173present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6174this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6175@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6176If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6177
252b5132
RH
6178If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6179the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6180none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6181executable. The section will contain data.
6182
6183For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6184directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6185
252b5132
RH
6186@smallexample
6187.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6188@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6189
252b5132
RH
6190Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6191separated flags:
6192@table @code
6193@item #alloc
6194section is allocatable
6195@item #write
6196section is writable
6197@item #execinstr
6198section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6199@item #exclude
6200section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6201@item #tls
6202section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6203@end table
c91d2e08 6204
e9863d7f
DJ
6205This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6206contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6207some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6208work.
c1253627
NC
6209@end ifset
6210@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6211
6212@node Set
6213@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6214
6215@cindex @code{set} directive
6216@cindex symbol value, setting
6217Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6218changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6219@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6220flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6221
6222You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6223
6224If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6225file is the last value stored into it.
6226
3c9b82ba
NC
6227@ifset Z80
6228On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6229@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6230@end ifset
6231
252b5132
RH
6232@node Short
6233@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6234
6235@cindex @code{short} directive
6236@ifset GENERIC
6237@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6238@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6239
6240In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6241numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6242@end ifset
6243@ifclear GENERIC
6244@ifset W16
6245@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6246@end ifset
6247@ifset W32
6248This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6249a 16 bit number for each.
6250@end ifset
6251@end ifclear
6252
6253@node Single
6254@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6255
6256@cindex @code{single} directive
6257@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6258This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6259has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6260@ifset GENERIC
6261The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6262@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6263@end ifset
6264@ifclear GENERIC
6265@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6266On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6267numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6268@end ifset
6269@end ifclear
6270
c1253627 6271@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6272@node Size
c1253627 6273@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6274
c1253627
NC
6275This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6276
6277@ifset COFF
6278@ifset ELF
6279@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6280@subheading COFF Version
6281@end ifset
6282
6283@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6284For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6285@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6286
6287@smallexample
6288.size @var{expression}
6289@end smallexample
252b5132 6290
c91d2e08 6291@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6292@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6293@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6294ignores it.
6295@end ifset
c1253627 6296@end ifset
c91d2e08 6297
c1253627
NC
6298@ifset ELF
6299@ifset COFF
6300@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6301@subheading ELF Version
6302@end ifset
6303
6304@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6305For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6306
c1253627
NC
6307@smallexample
6308.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6309@end smallexample
6310
6311This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6312The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6313arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6314symbols.
c1253627
NC
6315@end ifset
6316@end ifset
252b5132 6317
252b5132
RH
6318@ifclear no-space-dir
6319@node Skip
6320@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6321
6322@cindex @code{skip} directive
6323@cindex filling memory
6324This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6325@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6326@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6327@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6328@end ifclear
252b5132 6329
ccf8a69b
BW
6330@node Sleb128
6331@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6332
6333@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6334@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6335compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6336symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6337
884f0d36 6338@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6339@node Space
6340@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6341
6342@cindex @code{space} directive
6343@cindex filling memory
6344This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6345@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6346and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6347as @samp{.skip}.
6348
6349@ifset HPPA
6350@quotation
6351@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6352targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6353Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6354@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6355for a summary.
6356@end quotation
6357@end ifset
6358@end ifclear
6359
252b5132
RH
6360@ifset have-stabs
6361@node Stab
6362@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6363
6364@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6365@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6366There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6367All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6368The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6369cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6370Up to five fields are required:
6371
6372@table @var
6373@item string
6374This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6375@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6376debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6377using this field.
6378
6379@item type
6380An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6381this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6382and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6383
6384@item other
6385An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6386low 8 bits of this expression.
6387
6388@item desc
6389An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6390bits of this expression.
6391
6392@item value
6393An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6394@end table
6395
6396If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6397or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6398you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6399compatible with earlier assemblers!
6400
6401@table @code
6402@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6403@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6404
6405The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6406It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6407null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6408strings.
6409
6410The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6411relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6412is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6413assembled.
6414
6415@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6416@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6417The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6418
6419@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6420@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6421All five fields are specified.
6422@end table
6423@end ifset
6424@c end have-stabs
6425
6426@node String
38a57ae7 6427@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6428"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6429
6430@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6431@cindex string8, copying to object file
6432@cindex string16, copying to object file
6433@cindex string32, copying to object file
6434@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6435@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6436@cindex @code{string8} directive
6437@cindex @code{string16} directive
6438@cindex @code{string32} directive
6439@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6440
6441Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6442one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6443particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6444You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6445
01642c12 6446The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6447the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6448copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6449are stored in target endianness byte order.
6450
6451Example:
6452@smallexample
6453 .string32 "BYE"
6454expands to:
6455 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6456 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6457@end smallexample
6458
6459
252b5132
RH
6460@node Struct
6461@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6462
6463@cindex @code{struct} directive
6464Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6465which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6466@smallexample
6467 .struct 0
6468field1:
6469 .struct field1 + 4
6470field2:
6471 .struct field2 + 4
6472field3:
6473@end smallexample
6474This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6475@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6476value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6477use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6478before further assembly.
6479
c91d2e08
NC
6480@ifset ELF
6481@node SubSection
6482@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6483
c1253627 6484@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6485@cindex Section Stack
6486This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6487@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6488@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6489(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6490
6491This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6492section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6493in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6494@end ifset
6495
252b5132
RH
6496@ifset ELF
6497@node Symver
6498@section @code{.symver}
6499@cindex @code{symver} directive
6500@cindex symbol versioning
6501@cindex versions of symbols
6502Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6503within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6504typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6505There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6506into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6507shared library.
6508
79082ff0 6509For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6510@smallexample
6511.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6512@end smallexample
339681c0 6513If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6514being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6515alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6516just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6517permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6518of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6519itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6520have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6521file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6522function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6523the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6524building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6525symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6526nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6527
6528If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6529references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6530reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6531symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6532
6533Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6534@smallexample
6535.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6536@end smallexample
6537In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6538the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6539difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6540references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6541
6542The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6543@smallexample
6544.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6545@end smallexample
6546When @var{name} is not defined within the
6547file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6548@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6549name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6550@end ifset
6551
6552@ifset COFF
6553@node Tag
6554@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6555
6556@cindex COFF structure debugging
6557@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6558@cindex @code{tag} directive
6559This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6560information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6561@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6562definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6563@ifset BOUT
6564
6565@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6566@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6567ignores it.
6568@end ifset
6569@end ifset
6570
6571@node Text
6572@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6573
6574@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6575Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6576the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6577expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6578is used.
6579
6580@node Title
6581@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6582
6583@cindex @code{title} directive
6584@cindex listing control: title line
6585Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6586source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6587
6588This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6589it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6590
c1253627 6591@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6592@node Type
c1253627
NC
6593@section @code{.type}
6594
6595This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6596
6597@ifset COFF
6598@ifset ELF
6599@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6600@subheading COFF Version
6601@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6602
6603@cindex COFF symbol type
6604@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6605@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6606For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6607@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6608
6609@smallexample
6610.type @var{int}
6611@end smallexample
6612
6613This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6614entry.
252b5132 6615
c91d2e08 6616@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6617@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6618@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6619directive but ignores it.
6620@end ifset
c1253627 6621@end ifset
c91d2e08 6622
c1253627
NC
6623@ifset ELF
6624@ifset COFF
6625@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6626@subheading ELF Version
6627@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6628
6629@cindex ELF symbol type
6630@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6631@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6632For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6633
6634@smallexample
6635.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6636@end smallexample
6637
6638This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6639function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6640supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6641compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6642
6643Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6644@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6645below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6646the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6647maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6648assemblers.
6649
6650The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6651
6652@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6653 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6654 .type <name>,#<type>
6655 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6656 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6657 .type <name>,"<type>"
6658@end smallexample
6659
6660The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6661
5671778d
NC
6662@table @gcctabopt
6663@item STT_FUNC
6664@itemx function
6665Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6666
d8045f23
NC
6667@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6668@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6669Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6670processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6671
5671778d
NC
6672@item STT_OBJECT
6673@itemx object
6674Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6675
6676@item STT_TLS
6677@itemx tls_object
6678Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6679
6680@item STT_COMMON
6681@itemx common
6682Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6683
6684@item STT_NOTYPE
6685@itemx notype
6686Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6687
3e7a7d11
NC
6688@item gnu_unique_object
6689Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6690will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6691name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6692systems).
3e7a7d11 6693
5671778d
NC
6694@end table
6695
6696Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6697
c1253627
NC
6698@end ifset
6699@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6700
6701@node Uleb128
6702@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6703
6704@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6705@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6706compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6707symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6708
6709@ifset COFF
6710@node Val
6711@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6712
6713@cindex @code{val} directive
6714@cindex COFF value attribute
6715@cindex value attribute, COFF
6716This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6717records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6718entry.
6719@ifset BOUT
6720
a4fb0134 6721@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6722configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6723@end ifset
6724@end ifset
6725
2e13b764 6726@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6727@node Version
6728@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6729
c1253627 6730@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6731This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6732formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6733@end ifset
2e13b764 6734
c91d2e08
NC
6735@ifset ELF
6736@node VTableEntry
6737@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6738
653cfe85 6739@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6740This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6741@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6742
c91d2e08
NC
6743@node VTableInherit
6744@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6745
653cfe85 6746@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6747This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6748@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6749parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6750parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6751@end ifset
2e13b764 6752
d190d046
HPN
6753@node Warning
6754@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6755@cindex warning directive
6756Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6757(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6758
c91d2e08
NC
6759@node Weak
6760@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6761
c1253627 6762@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6763This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6764@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6765
01642c12 6766On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6767directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6768@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6769
977cdf5a 6770On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6771When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6772alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6773
06e77878
AO
6774@node Weakref
6775@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6776
6777@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6778This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6779be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6780If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6781will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6782symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6783
6784The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6785assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6786symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6787resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6788had the references to the alias removed.
6789
6790The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6791within the assembler.
6792
252b5132
RH
6793@node Word
6794@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6795
6796@cindex @code{word} directive
6797This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6798separated by commas.
6799@ifclear GENERIC
6800@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6801For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6802@end ifset
6803@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6804For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6805@end ifset
6806@end ifclear
6807@ifset GENERIC
6808
6809The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6810depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6811@end ifset
6812
6813@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6814@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6815@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6816@cindex difference tables altered
6817@cindex altered difference tables
6818@quotation
6819@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6820@end quotation
6821
6822@ifset GENERIC
6823Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6824addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6825interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6826@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6827
6828@end ifset
6829In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6830@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6831Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6832compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6833directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6834@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6835creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6836This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6837first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6838of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6839table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6840contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6841@code{sym2}.
6842
6843If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6844secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6845@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6846long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6847and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6848minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6849entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6850
6851@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6852@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6853@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6854assembly language programmers.
6855@end ifset
6856@end ifset
6857@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6858
6859@node Deprecated
6860@section Deprecated Directives
6861
6862@cindex deprecated directives
6863@cindex obsolescent directives
6864One day these directives won't work.
6865They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6866@table @t
6867@item .abort
6868@item .line
6869@end table
6870
3a99f02f
DJ
6871@ifset ELF
6872@node Object Attributes
6873@chapter Object Attributes
6874@cindex object attributes
6875
6876@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6877into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6878Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6879point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6880requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6881passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6882hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6883generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6884newer generation at run-time.
6885
6886This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6887@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6888time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6889correctly.
6890
6891Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6892attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6893string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6894and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6895or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6896attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6897
6898Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6899The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6900
6901@menu
6902* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6903* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6904@end menu
6905
6906@node GNU Object Attributes
6907@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6908
6909The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6910with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6911
6912Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6913its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6914an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
69152} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6916architecture-dependent ones.
6917
6918@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6919
6920These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6921
6922@table @r
6923@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6924The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6925the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6926then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6927than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6928arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6929@end table
6930
6931@subsection MIPS Attributes
6932
6933@table @r
6934@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6935The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6936
6937@itemize @bullet
6938@item
69390 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6940@item
69411 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6942FPU.
6943@item
69442 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6945@item
69463 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6947@item
69484 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6949double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6950purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6951@end itemize
6952@end table
6953
6954@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6955
6956@table @r
6957@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6958The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6959
6960@itemize @bullet
6961@item
69620 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6963@item
3c7b9897 69641 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6965@item
69662 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6967@item
69683 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6969@end itemize
6970
6971@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6972The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6973
6974@itemize @bullet
6975@item
69760 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6977@item
69781 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6979@item
69802 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6981@item
69823 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6983@end itemize
6984@end table
6985
6986@node Defining New Object Attributes
6987@section Defining New Object Attributes
6988
6989If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6990will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6991mailing list.
6992
6993@itemize @bullet
6994@item
6995This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6996@item
6997The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6998@item
6999The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7000and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7001@item
7002Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7003@item
7004@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7005@item
7006GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7007@end itemize
7008
7009@end ifset
7010
252b5132
RH
7011@ifset GENERIC
7012@node Machine Dependencies
7013@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7014
7015@cindex machine dependencies
7016The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7017each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7018vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7019directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7020assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7021@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7022optimization.
7023
7024This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7025include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7026subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7027
7028@menu
a06ea964
NC
7029@ifset AARCH64
7030* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7031@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7032@ifset ALPHA
7033* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7034@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7035@ifset ARC
7036* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7037@end ifset
7038@ifset ARM
7039* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7040@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7041@ifset AVR
7042* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7043@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7044@ifset Blackfin
7045* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7046@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7047@ifset CR16
7048* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7049@end ifset
8bf549a8 7050@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7051* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7052@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7053@ifset D10V
7054* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7055@end ifset
7056@ifset D30V
7057* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7058@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7059@ifset EPIPHANY
7060* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7061@end ifset
252b5132 7062@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7063* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7064@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7065@ifset HPPA
7066* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7067@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7068@ifset I370
7069* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7070@end ifset
252b5132 7071@ifset I80386
55b62671 7072* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7073@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7074@ifset I860
7075* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7076@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7077@ifset I960
7078* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7079@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7080@ifset IA64
7081* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7082@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7083@ifset IP2K
7084* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7085@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7086@ifset LM32
7087* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7088@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7089@ifset M32C
7090* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7091@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7092@ifset M32R
7093* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7094@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7095@ifset M680X0
7096* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7097@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7098@ifset M68HC11
7099* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7100@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7101@ifset METAG
7102* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7103@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7104@ifset MICROBLAZE
7105* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7106@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7107@ifset MIPS
7108* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7109@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7110@ifset MMIX
7111* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7112@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7113@ifset MSP430
7114* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7115@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7116@ifset NIOSII
7117* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7118@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7119@ifset NS32K
7120* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7121@end ifset
252b5132 7122@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7123* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7124* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7125@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7126@ifset PDP11
7127* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7128@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7129@ifset PJ
7130* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7131@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7132@ifset PPC
7133* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7134@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7135@ifset RL78
7136* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7137@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7138@ifset RX
7139* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7140@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7141@ifset S390
7142* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7143@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7144@ifset SCORE
7145* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7146@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7147@ifset SPARC
7148* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7149@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7150@ifset TIC54X
7151* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7152@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7153@ifset TIC6X
7154* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7155@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7156@ifset TILEGX
7157* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7158@end ifset
7159@ifset TILEPRO
7160* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7161@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7162@ifset V850
7163* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7164@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7165@ifset XGATE
7166* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7167@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7168@ifset XSTORMY16
7169* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7170@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7171@ifset XTENSA
7172* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7173@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7174@ifset Z80
7175* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7176@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7177@ifset Z8000
7178* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7179@end ifset
7180@ifset VAX
7181* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7182@end ifset
7183@end menu
7184
7185@lowersections
7186@end ifset
7187
7188@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7189@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7190@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7191@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7192@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7193@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7194@c in both conditional blocks.
7195
a06ea964
NC
7196@ifset AARCH64
7197@include c-aarch64.texi
7198@end ifset
7199
625e1353
RH
7200@ifset ALPHA
7201@include c-alpha.texi
7202@end ifset
7203
7204@ifset ARC
7205@include c-arc.texi
7206@end ifset
7207
252b5132
RH
7208@ifset ARM
7209@include c-arm.texi
7210@end ifset
7211
8473f7a4
DC
7212@ifset AVR
7213@include c-avr.texi
7214@end ifset
7215
3b4e1885 7216@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7217@include c-bfin.texi
7218@end ifset
7219
3d3d428f
NC
7220@ifset CR16
7221@include c-cr16.texi
7222@end ifset
7223
328eb32e
HPN
7224@ifset CRIS
7225@include c-cris.texi
7226@end ifset
7227
c2dcd04e 7228@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7229@ifclear GENERIC
7230@node Machine Dependencies
7231@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7232
c2dcd04e 7233The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7234and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7235chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7236family.
7237
7238@menu
c2dcd04e 7239* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7240* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7241@end menu
7242@lowersections
7243@end ifclear
7244@end ifset
7245
7246@ifset D10V
7247@include c-d10v.texi
7248@end ifset
7249
7250@ifset D30V
7251@include c-d30v.texi
7252@end ifset
7253
cfb8c092
NC
7254@ifset EPIPHANY
7255@include c-epiphany.texi
7256@end ifset
7257
252b5132
RH
7258@ifset H8/300
7259@include c-h8300.texi
7260@end ifset
7261
252b5132
RH
7262@ifset HPPA
7263@include c-hppa.texi
7264@end ifset
7265
5b93d8bb
AM
7266@ifset I370
7267@include c-i370.texi
7268@end ifset
7269
252b5132
RH
7270@ifset I80386
7271@include c-i386.texi
7272@end ifset
7273
e3308d0d
JE
7274@ifset I860
7275@include c-i860.texi
7276@end ifset
7277
252b5132
RH
7278@ifset I960
7279@include c-i960.texi
7280@end ifset
7281
9e32ca89
NC
7282@ifset IA64
7283@include c-ia64.texi
7284@end ifset
7285
a40cbfa3
NC
7286@ifset IP2K
7287@include c-ip2k.texi
7288@end ifset
7289
84e94c90
NC
7290@ifset LM32
7291@include c-lm32.texi
7292@end ifset
7293
49f58d10
JB
7294@ifset M32C
7295@include c-m32c.texi
7296@end ifset
7297
ec694b89
NC
7298@ifset M32R
7299@include c-m32r.texi
7300@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7301
7302@ifset M680X0
7303@include c-m68k.texi
7304@end ifset
7305
60bcf0fa
NC
7306@ifset M68HC11
7307@include c-m68hc11.texi
7308@end ifset
7309
a3c62988
NC
7310@ifset METAG
7311@include c-metag.texi
7312@end ifset
7313
01642c12 7314@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7315@include c-microblaze.texi
7316@end ifset
7317
252b5132
RH
7318@ifset MIPS
7319@include c-mips.texi
7320@end ifset
7321
3c3bdf30
NC
7322@ifset MMIX
7323@include c-mmix.texi
7324@end ifset
7325
2469cfa2
NC
7326@ifset MSP430
7327@include c-msp430.texi
7328@end ifset
7329
36591ba1
SL
7330@ifset NIOSII
7331@include c-nios2.texi
7332@end ifset
7333
252b5132
RH
7334@ifset NS32K
7335@include c-ns32k.texi
7336@end ifset
7337
e135f41b
NC
7338@ifset PDP11
7339@include c-pdp11.texi
7340@end ifset
7341
041dd5a9
ILT
7342@ifset PJ
7343@include c-pj.texi
7344@end ifset
7345
418c1742
MG
7346@ifset PPC
7347@include c-ppc.texi
7348@end ifset
7349
99c513f6
DD
7350@ifset RL78
7351@include c-rl78.texi
7352@end ifset
7353
046d31c2
NC
7354@ifset RX
7355@include c-rx.texi
7356@end ifset
7357
11c19e16
MS
7358@ifset S390
7359@include c-s390.texi
7360@end ifset
7361
c0157db4
NC
7362@ifset SCORE
7363@include c-score.texi
7364@end ifset
7365
252b5132
RH
7366@ifset SH
7367@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7368@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7369@end ifset
7370
7371@ifset SPARC
7372@include c-sparc.texi
7373@end ifset
7374
39bec121
TW
7375@ifset TIC54X
7376@include c-tic54x.texi
7377@end ifset
7378
40b36596
JM
7379@ifset TIC6X
7380@include c-tic6x.texi
7381@end ifset
7382
aa137e4d
NC
7383@ifset TILEGX
7384@include c-tilegx.texi
7385@end ifset
7386
7387@ifset TILEPRO
7388@include c-tilepro.texi
7389@end ifset
7390
3c9b82ba
NC
7391@ifset Z80
7392@include c-z80.texi
7393@end ifset
7394
252b5132
RH
7395@ifset Z8000
7396@include c-z8k.texi
7397@end ifset
7398
7399@ifset VAX
7400@include c-vax.texi
7401@end ifset
7402
7403@ifset V850
7404@include c-v850.texi
7405@end ifset
7406
f6c1a2d5
NC
7407@ifset XGATE
7408@include c-xgate.texi
7409@end ifset
7410
6753e72f
NC
7411@ifset XSTORMY16
7412@include c-xstormy16.texi
7413@end ifset
7414
e0001a05
NC
7415@ifset XTENSA
7416@include c-xtensa.texi
7417@end ifset
7418
252b5132
RH
7419@ifset GENERIC
7420@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7421@raisesections
7422@end ifset
7423
7424@node Reporting Bugs
7425@chapter Reporting Bugs
7426@cindex bugs in assembler
7427@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7428
a4fb0134 7429Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7430
7431Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7432not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7433entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7434Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7435
7436In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7437information that enables us to fix the bug.
7438
7439@menu
7440* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7441* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7442@end menu
7443
7444@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7445@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7446@cindex bug criteria
7447
7448If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7449
7450@itemize @bullet
7451@cindex fatal signal
7452@cindex assembler crash
7453@cindex crash of assembler
7454@item
7455If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7456@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7457
7458@cindex error on valid input
7459@item
a4fb0134 7460If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7461
7462@cindex invalid input
7463@item
a4fb0134 7464If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7465is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7466be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7467
7468@item
7469If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7470of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7471@end itemize
7472
7473@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7474@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7475@cindex bug reports
7476@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7477
7478A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7479you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7480contact that organization first.
7481
7482You can find contact information for many support companies and
7483individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7484distribution.
7485
ad22bfe8 7486@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7487In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7488to @value{BUGURL}.
7489@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7490
7491The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7492@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7493fact or leave it out, state it!
7494
7495Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7496and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7497name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7498not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7499happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7500perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7501the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7502give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7503and the most helpful.
7504
7505Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7506it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7507that the bug has not been reported previously.
7508
7509Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7510bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7511respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7512You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7513
7514To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7515
7516@itemize @bullet
7517@item
a4fb0134 7518The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7519it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7520
7521Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7522the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7523
7524@item
a4fb0134 7525Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7526
7527@item
7528The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7529version number.
7530
7531@item
a4fb0134 7532What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7533``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7534
7535@item
7536The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7537observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7538all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7539
7540If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7541and then we might not encounter the bug.
7542
7543@item
7544A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7545the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7546high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7547when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7548the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7549file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7550@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7551
7552@item
7553A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7554incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7555
a4fb0134 7556Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7557will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7558notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7559make a mistake.
7560
7561Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7562explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7563@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7564library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7565would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7566would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7567expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7568observations.
7569
7570@item
a4fb0134 7571If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7572diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7573option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7574discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7575by line number.
7576
7577The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7578sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7579@end itemize
7580
7581Here are some things that are not necessary:
7582
7583@itemize @bullet
7584@item
7585A description of the envelope of the bug.
7586
7587Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7588which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7589changes will not affect it.
7590
7591This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7592will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7593with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7594We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7595
7596Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7597of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7598output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7599less time, and so on.
7600
7601However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7602report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7603
7604@item
7605A patch for the bug.
7606
7607A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7608the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7609a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7610to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7611
a4fb0134 7612Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7613construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7614the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7615one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7616
7617And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7618patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7619help us to understand.
7620
7621@item
7622A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7623
7624Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7625things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7626@end itemize
7627
7628@node Acknowledgements
7629@chapter Acknowledgements
7630
653cfe85 7631If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7632it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7633maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7634@c (October 2012),
7635the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7636
7637Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7638more details?}
7639
7640Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7641information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7642extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7643
7644K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7645many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7646up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7647testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7648including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7649and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7650support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7651port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7652file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7653assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7654
7655Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7656in format-specific I/O modules.
7657
7658The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7659has done much work with it since.
7660
7661The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7662
7663Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7664
7665The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7666University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7667
7668Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7669(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7670(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7671support a.out format.
7672
7be1c489
AM
7673Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7674tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7675Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7676use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7677targets.
7678
7679John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7680simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7681updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7682fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7683remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7684cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7685required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7686
7687Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
768868k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7689added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7690PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7691
653cfe85 7692Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7693
7694Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7695
7696Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7697along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7698formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7699the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7700
7701Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7702Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7703Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7704Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7705and some initial 64-bit support).
7706
c1253627 7707Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7708
252b5132
RH
7709Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7710support for openVMS/Alpha.
7711
39bec121
TW
7712Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7713flavors.
7714
e0001a05 7715David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7716Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7717
252b5132
RH
7718Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7719configuration enhancements.
7720
84e94c90
NC
7721Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7722
252b5132
RH
7723Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7724you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7725want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7726intentionally leaving anyone out.
7727
793c5807
NC
7728@node GNU Free Documentation License
7729@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7730@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7731
370b66a1
CD
7732@node AS Index
7733@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7734
7735@printindex cp
7736
252b5132
RH
7737@bye
7738@c Local Variables:
7739@c fill-column: 79
7740@c End:
This page took 1.132758 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.